summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2013-11-17 22:18:16 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2013-11-17 22:18:16 +0000
commit5009aa815341193d64d6945ed8f09ad39c875135 (patch)
tree1dc35b356dbac9e62771b0c4f056447814296a95 /Master/texmf-dist
parent17bd9acb30a81f09b5415632b50457f38dd08f36 (diff)
glossaries (17nov13)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@32171 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdfbin846513 -> 846506 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html2605
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdfbin587041 -> 587040 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex9
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdfbin92321 -> 92321 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdfbin322283 -> 322282 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.htmlbin22844 -> 22842 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdfbin145431 -> 145431 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdfbin48464 -> 48464 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdfbin58845 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdfbin53480 -> 53480 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdfbin75487 -> 75487 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdfbin36474 -> 36474 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdfbin34915 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdfbin43211 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdfbin147358 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdfbin38853 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdfbin23740 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdfbin35496 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdfbin40532 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdfbin41998 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdfbin43275 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdfbin21716 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdfbin102984 -> 103003 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdfbin43335 -> 43335 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdfbin68668 -> 68668 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdfbin67725 -> 67725 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdfbin47058 -> 47058 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdfbin48456 -> 48456 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdfbin155671 -> 155671 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdfbin169148 -> 169148 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdfbin98952 -> 98970 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdfbin47464 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdfbin65965 -> 65965 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdfbin95338 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdfbin41179 -> 41179 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdfbin64417 -> 64417 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdfbin66946 -> 66946 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdfbin44942 -> 44942 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdfbin178794 -> 178847 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdfbin67872 -> 67872 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx91
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty55
50 files changed, 1434 insertions, 1359 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES
index 840d3fa5d21..8232bd948bf 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES
@@ -1,6 +1,15 @@
glossaries change log:
-v4.0: First stable release since v3.07.
+v4.01:
+
+ * Fixed bug in \CustomAcronymFields caused by missing comma.
+
+ * Fixed valueless package options so that they can be passed via
+ the document class.
+
+v4.0:
+
+ First stable release since v3.07.
v3.14a:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README
index 2b7f7bc02c2..1551f3c2c90 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.0
+LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.01
-Last Modified : 2013-11-14
+Last Modified : 2013-11-16
Author : Nicola Talbot
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf
index 2306098fb3d..b1e60621181 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html
index a1cbfb92f91..f73ece29260 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@
<!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd-->
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
>
-<head><title>User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.0</title>
+<head><title>User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.01</title>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/)" />
<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/)" />
<!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 -->
<meta name="src" content="glossaries-user.tex" />
-<meta name="date" content="2013-11-14 14:05:00" />
+<meta name="date" content="2013-11-16 19:05:00" />
<style type="text/css">
<!--
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ div.gather-star {text-align:center;}
table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
div.longtable{text-align:center;}
.supertabular {text-align:center}
-div.important { background-color:red; }
+div.important { border : solid red; }
/* end css.sty */
@@ -496,14 +496,15 @@ div.important { background-color:red; }
id="top"></a>
</div>
-<h2 class="titleHead">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.0</h2>
+<h2 class="titleHead">User Manual for glossaries.sty
+v4.01</h2>
<div class="author" ><span
class="ec-lmr-12x-x-120">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span>
<br /> <a
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span
class="ec-lmtt-12x-x-120">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></div><br />
<div class="date" ><span
-class="ec-lmr-12x-x-120">2013-11-14</span></div>
+class="ec-lmr-12x-x-120">2013-11-16</span></div>
@@ -518,7 +519,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package is flexible enough to accomm
such varied requirements, but this flexibility comes at a price: a&#x00A0;big
manual.
</p><!--l. 299--><p class="indent" > <span
-class="futrorn-x-x-109">M</span>&#x00A0;If you&#8217;re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with
+class="futrorn-x-x-109">&#x1F631;</span>&#x00A0;If you&#8217;re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossariesbegin.pdf </span>(&#8220;The glossaries package: a guide for beginnners&#8221;).
You should find it in the same directory as this document or try <span
@@ -570,7 +571,7 @@ class="ec-lmtk-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd
class="description">Advanced users wishing to know more about
the inner workings of all the packages provided in the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span>
- bundle should read &#8220;Documented Code for glossaries v4.0&#8221;. This
+ bundle should read &#8220;Documented Code for glossaries v4.01&#8221;. This
includes the documented code for the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">mfirstuc</span><a
id="dx1-4"></a> package.
@@ -778,9 +779,9 @@ href="#sec:utilities" id="QQ2-1-77">Utilities</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >18&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-78">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >19&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-79">Accessibility Support</a></span>
+href="#sec:exnewstyle" id="QQ2-1-79">Accessibility Support</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >20&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="#sec:trouble" id="QQ2-1-80">Troubleshooting</a></span>
+href="#sec:exadaptstyle" id="QQ2-1-80">Troubleshooting</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
href="#sec:index">Index</a></span>
</div>
@@ -801,7 +802,7 @@ href="#sec:index">Index</a></span>
<h2 class="likechapterHead"><a
id="x1-3000"></a>List of Tables</h2>
<div class="tableofcontents"><span class="lotToc" >1.1&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-80131">Supported Languages</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >1.2&#x00A0;<a
+href="#sec:samples">Supported Languages</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >1.2&#x00A0;<a
href="#x1-80152">Customised Text</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >1.3&#x00A0;<a
href="#x1-90923">Commands and package
options that have no effect when using <span
@@ -809,7 +810,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy </span>or <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex </span>explicitly</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >4.1&#x00A0;<a
href="#x1-270091">Key to
Field Mappings</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >6.1&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-370641">Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >13.1&#x00A0;<a
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >13.1&#x00A0;<a
href="#x1-500891">Synonyms
provided by the package option shortcuts</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >13.2&#x00A0;<a
href="#x1-520182">Package options governing
@@ -817,7 +818,7 @@ href="#x1-520182">Package options governing
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym </span>and how the information is stored</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >13.3&#x00A0;<a
href="#x1-540253">The effect of using
xspace</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >15.1&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-560041">Glossary Styles</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >15.2&#x00A0;<a
+href="#sec:liststyles">Glossary Styles</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >15.2&#x00A0;<a
href="#x1-630122">Multicolumn Styles</a></span><br />
</div>
@@ -960,7 +961,7 @@ class="newline" />A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has bee
id="dx1-4015"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. Commands to unset
or reset this conditional are described in <a
-href="#sec:glsunset">&#x00A7;14 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a
href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and
Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. <br
class="newline" />
@@ -1190,7 +1191,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-5017"></a><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-5018"></a> explicitly. See <a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">&#x00A7;1.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a
href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> for
further details. </div>
</p><!--l. 415--><p class="noindent" >
@@ -1211,17 +1212,17 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
</p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize"><a
-href="#sec:samples">&#x00A7;1.1 </a><a
+href="#sec:samples">§1.1 </a><a
href="#sec:samples">Sample Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a> lists the sample documents provided
with this package.
</li>
<li class="itemize"><a
-href="#sec:languages">&#x00A7;1.2 </a><a
+href="#sec:languages">§1.2 </a><a
href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> provides information for users who
wish to write in a language other than English.
</li>
<li class="itemize"><a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">&#x00A7;1.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a
href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> describes how
to use a post-processor to create the sorted glossaries for your
document.
@@ -1305,7 +1306,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xkeyval </span>package.
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-6009"></a></a> on the document (<a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">&#x00A7;1.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a
href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the
Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). This can be done on a terminal
either by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
@@ -1331,7 +1332,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o</span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">minimalgls.gls minimalgls.glo</span></span>
</p><!--l. 505--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
(See <a
-href="#sec:makeindexapp">&#x00A7;1.3.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:makeindexapp">§1.3.3 </a><a
href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using makeindex explicitly<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on
using <a
id="dx1-6012"></a><span
@@ -1871,7 +1872,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy2 -t</sp
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samplexdy2.glg -o samplexdy2.gls samplexdy2.glo</span></span>
</p><!--l. 786--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
See <a
-href="#sec:xindyloc">&#x00A7;11.2 </a><a
+href="#sec:xindyloc">§11.2 </a><a
href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a> for further details.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -2078,8 +2079,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
PDF viewers don&#8217;t use the accessibility support. Information about
the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-accsupp </span>package can be found in <a
-href="#sec:accsupp">&#x00A7;19 </a><a
-href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility
+href="#sec:exnewstyle">§19 </a><a
+href="#sec:exnewstyle">Accessibility
Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>.
</dd></dl>
@@ -2129,7 +2130,7 @@ example:
&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
</div>
<!--l. 909--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 911--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an accented character, such as é, looks like a plain
+</p><!--l. 911--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an accented character, such as é, looks like a plain
character in your tex file, it&#8217;s actually a macro and can therefore cause
expansion problems. You may need to switch off the field expansions with
<span
@@ -2145,7 +2146,7 @@ expansion issues. For example:
</p>
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
-\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{é}lite},
+\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{é}lite},
&#x00A0;<br />description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;class}}
</div>
<!--l. 924--><p class="nopar" > </div>
@@ -2253,14 +2254,14 @@ example:
</p><!--l. 973--><p class="indent" > The languages are currently supported by the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package are
listed in <a
-href="#x1-80131">table&#x00A0;1.1</a>. Please note that (apart from spelling mistakes) I don&#8217;t
+href="#sec:samples">table&#x00A0;1.1</a>. Please note that (apart from spelling mistakes) I don&#8217;t
intend to change the default translations as it will cause compatibility
problems.
</p><!--l. 979--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="x1-80131"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
+ id="sec:samples"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -2670,7 +2671,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-8043"></a> if you have glossary
entries that contain diacritics or non-Roman letters. See <a
-href="#sec:xindy">&#x00A7;11 </a><a
+href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a
href="#sec:xindy">Xindy<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for
further details.
</p>
@@ -2719,7 +2720,7 @@ that only have an effect when <a
id="dx1-9017"></a><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-9018"></a> is used are described in <a
-href="#sec:xindy">&#x00A7;11
+href="#sec:xindy">§11
</a><a
href="#sec:xindy">Xindy<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>.
</p><!--l. 1119--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating
@@ -2755,7 +2756,7 @@ customized style file (which is created by <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-9027"></a>). See
<a
-href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">&#x00A7;1.3.1 </a><a
+href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.3.1 </a><a
href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossariesapp --></a> for further details. Perl
is stable, cross-platform, open source software that is used by a
number of <span class="TEX">T<span
@@ -3768,19 +3769,19 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronyms</span><a
id="dx1-15004"></a>) package option
described in <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">&#x00A7;2.5 </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.5 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a> or via the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbols</span><a
id="dx1-15005"></a> or <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">numbers</span><a
id="dx1-15006"></a>
options described in <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-other">&#x00A7;2.6 </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.6 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-other">Other Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-other --></a> or via <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossary</span><a
id="dx1-15007"></a>
described in <a
-href="#sec:newglossary">&#x00A7;12 </a><a
+href="#sec:newglossary">§12 </a><a
href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>).
<!--l. 1509--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don&#8217;t use the main glossary and you don&#8217;t use this
option, <a
@@ -4052,7 +4053,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translate=false</span><a
id="dx1-15061"></a> is
assumed.
</p><!--l. 1617--><p class="noindent" >See <a
-href="#sec:fixednames">&#x00A7;1.2.1 </a><a
+href="#sec:fixednames">§1.2.1 </a><a
href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> for further details.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -4132,7 +4133,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
</p><!--l. 1656--><p class="noindent" >
instead or additionally. See <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&#x00A7;6 </a><a
+href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a
href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for further
details.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -4152,7 +4153,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a
id="dx1-15079"></a> in <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&#x00A7;9 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a
href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without
Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.)
</dd></dl>
@@ -4675,7 +4676,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
</p><!--l. 1903--><p class="noindent" >
(See <a
-href="#sec:styles">&#x00A7;15 </a><a
+href="#sec:styles">§15 </a><a
href="#sec:styles">Glossary Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:styles --></a> for further details.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -4797,7 +4798,7 @@ class="description">This option will suppress the associated <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-17057"></a>s</a> in the
glossaries (see also <a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&#x00A7;5 </a><a
+href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a
href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>).
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -4827,7 +4828,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nonumberlist=false</span><a
id="dx1-17067"></a> for that entry. (Note this doesn&#8217;t
affect <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssee</span>.) For further details see <a
-href="#sec:crossref">&#x00A7;8 </a><a
+href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a
href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing
Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -4848,7 +4849,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counter=page</span><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number
list<a
id="dx1-17071"></a>s</a> (see <a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&#x00A7;5 </a><a
+href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a
href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>).
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -5343,7 +5344,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>comma-separated list to override the lang
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy </span>or writing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy={}</span></span></span>) then the language, codepage and number
group settings are unchanged. See <a
-href="#sec:xindy">&#x00A7;11 </a><a
+href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a
href="#sec:xindy">Xindy<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details on
using <a
id="dx1-18071"></a><a
@@ -5366,7 +5367,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a
id="dx1-18075"></a> and <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><a
id="dx1-18076"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:langenc">&#x00A7;11.1 </a><a
+href="#sec:langenc">§11.1 </a><a
href="#sec:langenc">Language
and Encodings<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:langenc --></a>.)
</dd></dl>
@@ -5539,7 +5540,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-19026"></a> to allow
a description. This option may have no effect if you define
your own custom acronym style. See <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&#x00A7;13 </a><a
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a
href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further
details.
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -5551,7 +5552,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-19028"></a> and the way
that acronyms are displayed. This option may have no effect if you
define your own custom acronym style. See <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&#x00A7;13 </a><a
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a
href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further
details.
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -5577,7 +5578,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a
</p><!--l. 2269--><p class="noindent" >
This option may have no effect if you define your own custom
acronym style. See <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&#x00A7;13 </a><a
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a
href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -5588,7 +5589,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-19035"></a> and the way
that acronyms are displayed. This option has no effect if you define
your own custom acronym style. See <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&#x00A7;13 </a><a
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a
href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further
details.
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -5600,7 +5601,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-19037"></a> so that acronyms
are always expanded. This option may have no effect if you define
your own custom acronym style. See <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&#x00A7;13 </a><a
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a
href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further
details.
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -5609,7 +5610,7 @@ class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">shortcuts</span><a
id="dx1-19038"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This option provides shortcut commands for acronyms.
See <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&#x00A7;13 </a><a
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a
href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. Alternatively you can
use:
<!--l. 2286--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
@@ -5721,11 +5722,11 @@ class="description">Compatibility mode for old documents created using
<!--l. 2340--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:setupglossaries"></a>Setting Options After Package Loaded</h3>
-<!--l. 2342--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span
+<!--l. 2343--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-21001"></a>
package has been loaded using
-</p><!--l. 2344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-21002"></a> <span
@@ -5734,7 +5735,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key-val list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2347--><p class="noindent" >
The following package options <span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">can&#8217;t </span>be used in <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setupglossaries</span>: <span
@@ -5772,13 +5773,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
be set using commands like <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a
id="dx1-21017"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:xindy">&#x00A7;11 </a><a
+href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a
href="#sec:xindy">Xindy<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for
further details).
-</p><!--l. 2357--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use this command as soon as possible after loading
+</p><!--l. 2358--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use this command as soon as possible after loading
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-21018"></a> otherwise you might end up using it too late for the change to
@@ -5789,21 +5790,21 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a
get unexpected results. If you try changing the sort option after
you have started to define entries, you may get unexpected results.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2366--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2367--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2368--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">3</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:setup"></a>Setting Up</h2>
The command
-<!--l. 2371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 2372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-22001"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2373--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2374--><p class="noindent" >
must be placed in the preamble in order to create the customised
<a
id="dx1-22002"></a><a
@@ -5823,18 +5824,18 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">If you omit</span>
<span
class="ec-lmtk-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">none of the glossaries will be created.</span>
-</p><!--l. 2380--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span
+</p><!--l. 2381--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package
must be placed before <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span>as they are required when
creating the customised style file. If you attempt to use those commands
after <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span>you will generate an error.
-</p><!--l. 2387--><p class="indent" > Similarly, there are some commands that must be used after
+</p><!--l. 2388--><p class="indent" > Similarly, there are some commands that must be used after
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2389--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a
+</p><!--l. 2390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2392--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a
id="dx1-22008"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
@@ -5844,15 +5845,15 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-22011"></a></a>
style file using
-</p><!--l. 2393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\noist</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-22012"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2395--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2396--><p class="noindent" >
Note that this command must be used before <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2397--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span
+</p><!--l. 2398--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.xdy</span><a
id="dx1-22013"></a> file created when using <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span>
@@ -5860,8 +5861,8 @@ version 2.07 or below, you will need to use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">compatible-2.07</span><a
id="dx1-22014"></a> package
option with it. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2401--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2403--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span
+</p><!--l. 2402--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2404--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\jobname</span><a
id="dx1-22015"></a><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.ist</span><a
@@ -5880,7 +5881,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-22022"></a></a>). This name may be changed
using:
-</p><!--l. 2407--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-22023"></a> <span
@@ -5889,14 +5890,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2409--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2410--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is the name of the style file without the extension. Note that
this command must be used before <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2414--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a
+</p><!--l. 2415--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a
id="dx1-22024"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-22025"></a></a> that lists all the
@@ -5908,7 +5909,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counter</span><a
number assumes a full stop compositor (e.g.&#x00A0;1.2), but if your location
numbers use a different compositor (e.g. 1-2) you need to set this
using
-</p><!--l. 2421--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-22027"></a> <span
@@ -5917,7 +5918,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">symbol</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2423--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2424--><p class="noindent" >
@@ -5929,15 +5930,15 @@ For example:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
\glsSetCompositor{-}
</div>
-<!--l. 2427--><p class="nopar" > Note that this command must be used before <span
+<!--l. 2428--><p class="nopar" > Note that this command must be used before <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2430--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
+</p><!--l. 2431--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
id="dx1-22028"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-22029"></a></a>, you can have a different compositor for page numbers
starting with an uppercase alphabetical character using:
-</p><!--l. 2432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-22030"></a> <span
@@ -5947,7 +5948,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">symbol</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2434--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2435--><p class="noindent" >
Note that this command has no effect if you haven&#8217;t used the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-22031"></a> package
@@ -5963,8 +5964,8 @@ and 2.3 style formats, then do:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
\glsSetCompositor{.}\glsSetAlphaCompositor{-}
</div>
-<!--l. 2441--><p class="nopar" > See <a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&#x00A7;5 </a><a
+<!--l. 2442--><p class="nopar" > See <a
+href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a
href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further information about <a
id="dx1-22034"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
@@ -5975,19 +5976,19 @@ href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
</p>
<h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">4</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:newglosentry"></a>Defining Glossary Entries</h2>
-<!--l. 2448--><p class="noindent" >All glossary entries must be defined before they are used,
+<!--l. 2449--><p class="noindent" >All glossary entries must be defined before they are used,
so it is better to define them in the preamble to ensure
this.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x6" id="fn1x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-23001f1"></a>
However only those entries that occur in the document (using any of the
commands described in <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&#x00A7;6 </a><a
+href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a
href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>, <a
-href="#sec:glsadd">&#x00A7;7 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a
href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry
to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> or <a
-href="#sec:crossref">&#x00A7;8 </a><a
+href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a
href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>)
will appear in the glossary. Each time an entry is used in this way, a line is
added to an associated glossary file (<span
@@ -6024,10 +6025,10 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">files.</span><span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x6" id="fn2x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-23015f2"></a>
See <a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">&#x00A7;1.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a
href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 2472--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command:
-</p><!--l. 2473--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2473--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command:
+</p><!--l. 2474--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-23017"></a> <span
@@ -6041,14 +6042,14 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key=value list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2475--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2476--><p class="noindent" >
This is a short command, so values in <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key-val list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>can&#8217;t contain any
paragraph breaks. If you have a long description that needs to span
multiple paragraphs, use
-</p><!--l. 2479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2480--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-23018"></a> <span
@@ -6067,7 +6068,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long description</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2482--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2483--><p class="noindent" >
instead. Note that, unlike <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span>, the command
<span
@@ -6079,9 +6080,9 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\unskip</span>) but won&#8217;t remove
leading spaces (otherwise it would interfere with commands like
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glsentrydesc</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2490--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn&#8217;t
+</p><!--l. 2491--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn&#8217;t
already been defined:
-</p><!--l. 2492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2493--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-23019"></a> <span
@@ -6096,13 +6097,13 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key=value</span>
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2494--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2495--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 2496--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2497--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-23020"></a>
-</p><!--l. 2498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 2499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\longprovideglossaryentry{</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -6121,21 +6122,21 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2500--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2501--><p class="noindent" >
(These are both preamble-only commands.)
-</p><!--l. 2503--><p class="indent" > For all the above commands, the first argument, <span
+</p><!--l. 2504--><p class="indent" > For all the above commands, the first argument, <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>, must be
a&#x00A0;unique label with which to identify this entry. This can&#8217;t contain any
non-expandable commands or active characters.
-</p><!--l. 2507--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an accented character or other non-Latin character,
-such as é or þ, looks like a plain character in your <span
+</p><!--l. 2508--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an accented character or other non-Latin character,
+such as é or þ, looks like a plain character in your <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.tex </span>file, it&#8217;s actually a
macro (an active character) and can therefore can&#8217;t be used in the label.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2512--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2514--><p class="indent" > The second argument, <span
+</p><!--l. 2513--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2515--><p class="indent" > The second argument, <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key=value list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>, is a <span
@@ -6169,23 +6170,23 @@ class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">description</span><a
id="dx1-23026"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">A brief description of this term (to appear in the glossary).
Within this value, you can use
- <!--l. 2527--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 2528--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-23027"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 2529--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2530--><p class="noindent" >
to suppress the description terminator for this entry. For example, if
this entry is a parent entry that doesn&#8217;t require a description, you
can do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">description={\nopostdesc}</span></span></span>. If you want a paragraph break
in the description use
- </p><!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 2536--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspar</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-23028"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspar </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 2537--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" >
or, better, use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\longnewglossaryentry</span>. However, note that not all
glossary styles support multi-line descriptions. If you are using
@@ -6201,7 +6202,7 @@ class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">parent</span><a
id="dx1-23030"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">The label of the parent entry. Note that the parent entry must be
defined before its sub-entries. See <a
-href="#sec:subentries">&#x00A7;4.5 </a><a
+href="#sec:subentries">§4.5 </a><a
href="#sec:subentries">Sub-Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:subentries --></a> for further
details.
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -6310,7 +6311,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a
used with <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl</span><a
id="dx1-23065"></a>.
- <!--l. 2579--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 2580--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Note: </span>prior to version 1.13, the default value of <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-23066"></a> was always
@@ -6394,7 +6395,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsprestandardsort</span><a
the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a
id="dx1-23092"></a> key (see <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">&#x00A7;2.4 </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.4 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>).
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -6405,7 +6406,7 @@ class="description">This specifies the label of the glossary in which this entry
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-23094"></a> is used
(see <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&#x00A7;13 </a><a
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a
href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>).
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -6424,18 +6425,18 @@ class="description">Six keys provided for any additional information the user
Alternatively, you can add new keys using <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsaddkey</span><a
id="dx1-23101"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:addkey">&#x00A7;4.3
+href="#sec:addkey">§4.3
</a><a
href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>). Other keys are also provided by the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-prefix</span><a
id="dx1-23102"></a>
(<a
-href="#sec:prefix">&#x00A7;18 </a><a
+href="#sec:prefix">§18 </a><a
href="#sec:prefix">Prefixes or Determiners<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:prefix --></a>) and <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-23103"></a> (<a
-href="#sec:accsupp">&#x00A7;19 </a><a
-href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility
+href="#sec:exnewstyle">§19 </a><a
+href="#sec:exnewstyle">Accessibility
Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) packages.
</dd><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -6455,7 +6456,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nonumberlist</span><a
id="dx1-23109"></a> just for this entry with <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nonumberlist=false</span><a
id="dx1-23110"></a>. (See <a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&#x00A7;5 </a><a
+href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a
href="#sec:numberlists">Number
lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.)
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -6494,10 +6495,10 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nonumberlist=false</span><a
use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">seeautonumberlist</span><a
id="dx1-23118"></a> package option. For further details, see <a
-href="#sec:crossref">&#x00A7;8
+href="#sec:crossref">§8
</a><a
href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>.
- <!--l. 2640--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+ <!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-23119"></a> must be used before any occurrence of
<span
@@ -6508,13 +6509,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a
- </p><!--l. 2643--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 2644--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 2647--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span
+<!--l. 2648--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-23122"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&#x00A7;13 </a><a
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a
href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>):
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">long</span><a
@@ -6528,17 +6529,17 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">shortplural</span><a
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-prefix</span><a
id="dx1-23127"></a> (<a
-href="#sec:prefix">&#x00A7;18 </a><a
+href="#sec:prefix">§18 </a><a
href="#sec:prefix">Prefixes or Determiners<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:prefix --></a>) and the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-23128"></a>
(<a
-href="#sec:accsupp">&#x00A7;19 </a><a
-href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) packages. You can also define your own custom
+href="#sec:exnewstyle">§19 </a><a
+href="#sec:exnewstyle">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) packages. You can also define your own custom
keys (see <a
-href="#sec:addkey">&#x00A7;4.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 </a><a
href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2655--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with an accented letter or other non-Latin
+</p><!--l. 2656--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with an accented letter or other non-Latin
character, you must group the character, otherwise it will cause a problem
for commands like <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Gls</span><a
@@ -6553,7 +6554,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glspl</span><a
\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{\&#8217;e}lite},
&#x00A0;<br />description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;class}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2662--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span
+<!--l. 2663--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inputenc</span><a
id="dx1-23131"></a> package:
@@ -6561,10 +6562,10 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inputenc</span><a
</p>
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
-\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{é}lite},
+\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{é}lite},
&#x00A0;<br />description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;class}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2668--><p class="nopar" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the
+<!--l. 2669--><p class="nopar" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a
id="dx1-23132"></a> key if you are using <a
@@ -6580,15 +6581,15 @@ accented letters correctly.
</p>
<h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:plurals"></a>Plurals</h3>
-<!--l. 2677--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form
+<!--l. 2678--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form
when you define a term. If you omit this, the plural will be obtained by
appending
-</p><!--l. 2680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2681--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-24001"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2682--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2683--><p class="noindent" >
to the singular form. This command defaults to the letter &#8220;s&#8221;. For
example:
@@ -6599,7 +6600,7 @@ example:
\newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,description={a&#x00A0;fully&#x00A0;grown
&#x00A0;<br />female&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;bovine&#x00A0;animal}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2688--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is &#8220;cow&#8221; and plural form is
+<!--l. 2689--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is &#8220;cow&#8221; and plural form is
&#8220;cows&#8221;. However, if you are writing in archaic English, you may want
to use &#8220;kine&#8221; as the plural form, in which case you would have to
do:
@@ -6611,8 +6612,8 @@ do:
\newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,plural=kine,
&#x00A0;<br />description={a&#x00A0;fully&#x00A0;grown&#x00A0;female&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;bovine&#x00A0;animal}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2696--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2698--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a
+<!--l. 2697--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2699--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a
given term) then use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a
id="dx1-24002"></a> key for one of them and one of the user keys
@@ -6626,7 +6627,7 @@ to specify the other plural form. For example:
&#x00A0;<br />female&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;bovine&#x00A0;animal&#x00A0;(plural&#x00A0;cows,&#x00A0;archaic&#x00A0;plural&#x00A0;kine)},
&#x00A0;<br />user1={kine}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2706--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2707--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl{cow}</span></span></span> to produce &#8220;cows&#8221; and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsuseri{cow}</span></span></span> to
produce &#8220;kine&#8221;. You can, of course, define an easy to remember synonym.
@@ -6638,14 +6639,14 @@ For example:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
\let\glsaltpl\glsuseri
</div>
-<!--l. 2712--><p class="nopar" > Then you don&#8217;t have to remember which key you used to store the second
+<!--l. 2713--><p class="nopar" > Then you don&#8217;t have to remember which key you used to store the second
plural. Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsaddkey</span><a
id="dx1-24003"></a>,
described in <a
-href="#sec:addkey">&#x00A7;4.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 </a><a
href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2717--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a
+</p><!--l. 2718--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a
different letter, or sequence of letters, you can redefine <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspluralsuffix</span>
as required. However, this must be done <span
@@ -6657,12 +6658,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-24005"></a> key
where necessary).
-</p><!--l. 2725--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2726--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2725--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2726--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:grammar"></a>Other Grammatical Constructs</h3>
-<!--l. 2728--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles.
+<!--l. 2729--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles.
For example:
@@ -6682,7 +6683,7 @@ For example:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 2745--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this:
+<!--l. 2746--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this:
@@ -6692,7 +6693,7 @@ For example:
&#x00A0;<br />\newterm[\edkey={ran},\ingkey={running}]{run}{to&#x00A0;move&#x00A0;fast&#x00A0;using
&#x00A0;<br />the&#x00A0;legs}
</div>
-<!--l. 2751--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text:
+<!--l. 2752--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text:
@@ -6702,20 +6703,20 @@ Peter&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;\glsing{play}&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;park&#x00A0;tod
&#x00A0;<br />Jane&#x00A0;\glsd{play}&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;park&#x00A0;yesterday.
&#x00A0;<br />Peter&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;Jane&#x00A0;\glsd{run}&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;park&#x00A0;last&#x00A0;week.
</div>
-<!--l. 2759--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2761--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span
+<!--l. 2760--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2762--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsaddkey</span><a
id="dx1-25001"></a>, described
below in <a
-href="#sec:addkey">&#x00A7;4.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 </a><a
href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2764--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2765--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2764--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2765--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:addkey"></a>Additional Keys</h3>
-<!--l. 2767--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using:
-</p><!--l. 2768--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 2768--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using:
+</p><!--l. 2769--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-26001"></a> <span
@@ -6750,7 +6751,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">link allcaps cs</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2776--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2777--><p class="noindent" >
where:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -6822,17 +6823,17 @@ class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to
commands like <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GLStext</span><a
id="dx1-26008"></a>.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 2796--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span
+<!--l. 2797--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsaddkey </span>switches on expansion for this
key. The unstarred version doesn&#8217;t override the current expansion
setting.
<a
id="x1-26009r3"></a>
-</p><!--l. 2800--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 2801--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 3</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining Custom Keys)</span><a
id="x1-26010"></a>
-</p><!--l. 2801--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span
+</p><!--l. 2802--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">ed </span>and <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">ing</span>, that default to the
entry text followed by &#8220;ed&#8221; and &#8220;ing&#8221;, respectively. The default
@@ -6862,7 +6863,7 @@ form:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\Glsing}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\Glstext
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\GLSing}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\GLStext
</div>
-<!--l. 2825--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries:
+<!--l. 2826--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries:
@@ -6880,8 +6881,8 @@ form:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;ing={waddling},%
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2843--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2845--><p class="indent" > These entries can later be used in the document:
+<!--l. 2844--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2846--><p class="indent" > These entries can later be used in the document:
@@ -6891,20 +6892,20 @@ The&#x00A0;dog&#x00A0;\glsed{jump}&#x00A0;over&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;duck.
&#x00A0;<br />The&#x00A0;duck&#x00A0;was&#x00A0;\glsing{waddle}&#x00A0;round&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;dog.
&#x00A0;<br />The&#x00A0;dog&#x00A0;\glsed{run}&#x00A0;away&#x00A0;from&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;duck.
</div>
-<!--l. 2852--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
+<!--l. 2853--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
href="#x1-6114r23"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-newkeys.tex</span></a>.
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 2854--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2854--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 2856--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2855--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 2857--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2856--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2857--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:expansion"></a>Expansion</h3>
-<!--l. 2859--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by
+<!--l. 2860--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by
default, except for the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a
id="dx1-27001"></a>, <span
@@ -6921,8 +6922,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a
id="dx1-27006"></a> keys (these keys all have expansion suppressed via
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssetnoexpandfield</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2865--><p class="indent" > You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using
-</p><!--l. 2866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2866--><p class="indent" > You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using
+</p><!--l. 2867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-27007"></a> <span
@@ -6931,9 +6932,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">field</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2868--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2869--><p class="noindent" >
or
-</p><!--l. 2870--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-27008"></a> <span
@@ -6942,7 +6943,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">field</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2872--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2873--><p class="noindent" >
respectively, where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">field</span><span
@@ -6953,7 +6954,7 @@ href="#x1-270091">table&#x00A0;4.1</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2877--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 2878--><p class="indent" > <a
id="x1-270091"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -7060,32 +7061,32 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">shortpl </span></td></tr></table>
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
-<!--l. 2898--><p class="indent" > Any keys that haven&#8217;t had the expansion explicitly set using
+<!--l. 2899--><p class="indent" > Any keys that haven&#8217;t had the expansion explicitly set using
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssetexpandfield </span>or <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssetnoexpandfield </span>are governed by
-</p><!--l. 2900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2901--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsexpandfields</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-27022"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsexpandfields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2902--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2903--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 2904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-27023"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnoexpandfields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2906--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2908--><p class="indent" > If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch
+</p><!--l. 2907--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2909--><p class="indent" > If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch
off expansion via <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. (This should be used before you
define the entries.)
</p>
-<!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2913--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:subentries"></a>Sub-Entries</h3>
-<!--l. 2915--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be
+<!--l. 2916--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be
used to order the glossary into categories, in which case the sub-entry will
have a different name to its parent entry, or it may be used to distinguish
different definitions for the same word, in which case the sub-entries will
@@ -7094,17 +7095,17 @@ support hierarchical entries and may display all the entries in a flat format.
Of the styles that support sub-entries, some display the sub-entry&#8217;s
name whilst others don&#8217;t. Therefore you need to ensure that you use
a suitable style. (See <a
-href="#sec:styles">&#x00A7;15 </a><a
+href="#sec:styles">§15 </a><a
href="#sec:styles">Glossary Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:styles --></a> for a list of predefined
styles.) As from version 3.0, level&#x00A0;1 sub-entries are automatically
numbered in the predefined styles if you use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">subentrycounter</span><a
id="dx1-28001"></a>
package option (see <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">&#x00A7;2.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further
details).
-</p><!--l. 2930--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if
+</p><!--l. 2931--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if
any of its child entries are used in the document. If the parent entry is not
referenced in the document, it will not have a <a
id="dx1-28002"></a><a
@@ -7116,12 +7117,12 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-28005"></a></a> has a restriction on the maximum sub-entry
depth.
-</p><!--l. 2936--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2937--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2936--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2937--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5.1</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:hierarchical"></a>Hierarchical Categories</h4>
-<!--l. 2939--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define
+<!--l. 2940--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define
the category and then define the sub-entries using the relevant category
entry as the value of the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">parent</span><a
@@ -7131,13 +7132,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">parent</span><a
<a
id="x1-29002r4"></a>
-</p><!--l. 2944--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 2945--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 4</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Hierarchical Categories&#8212;Greek and Roman</span>
<span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Mathematical Symbols)</span><a
id="x1-29003"></a>
-</p><!--l. 2946--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into
+</p><!--l. 2947--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into
Greek letters and Roman letters. Then I can define the categories as
follows:
@@ -7150,13 +7151,13 @@ follows:
&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{romanletter}{name={Roman&#x00A0;letters},
&#x00A0;<br />description={\nopostdesc}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2955--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2957--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don&#8217;t need a description
+<!--l. 2956--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2958--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don&#8217;t need a description
so I have set the descriptions to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc</span><a
id="dx1-29004"></a>. This gives a blank
description and suppresses the description terminator.
-</p><!--l. 2962--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows:
+</p><!--l. 2963--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows:
@@ -7170,20 +7171,20 @@ description and suppresses the description terminator.
&#x00A0;<br />description={Euler&#8217;s&#x00A0;constant},
&#x00A0;<br />parent=romanletter}
</div>
-<!--l. 2972--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
+<!--l. 2973--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
href="#x1-6068r16"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sampletree.tex</span></a>.
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 2974--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2974--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 2976--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2975--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2975--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 2977--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2976--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2977--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5.2</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:homographs"></a>Homographs</h4>
-<!--l. 2979--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don&#8217;t need to
+<!--l. 2980--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don&#8217;t need to
have the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a
id="dx1-30001"></a> key. For example, the word &#8220;glossary&#8221; can mean a list of
@@ -7198,11 +7199,11 @@ technical words or a collection of glosses. In both cases the plural is
&#x00A0;<br />description={\nopostdesc},
&#x00A0;<br />plural={glossaries}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2988--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator
+<!--l. 2989--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator
needs to be suppressed using <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc</span><a
id="dx1-30002"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2992--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word:
+</p><!--l. 2993--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word:
@@ -7217,7 +7218,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc</span><a
&#x00A0;<br />sort={2},
&#x00A0;<br />parent={glossary}}
</div>
-<!--l. 3003--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the
+<!--l. 3004--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the
parent&#8217;s <a
id="dx1-30003"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
@@ -7231,16 +7232,16 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort=use</span><a
id="dx1-30006"></a> or <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort=def</span><a
id="dx1-30007"></a> package options (see <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">&#x00A7;2.4 </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.4 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>).
You can use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">subentrycounter</span><a
id="dx1-30008"></a> package option to automatically number
the first-level child entries. See <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">&#x00A7;2.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for
further details.
-</p><!--l. 3015--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the
+</p><!--l. 3016--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the
same as the parent entry, so the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a
id="dx1-30009"></a> key was not required for the child
@@ -7264,15 +7265,15 @@ be specified. For example:
&#x00A0;<br />plural={bravoes},
&#x00A0;<br />parent=bravo}
</div>
-<!--l. 3034--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3037--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3035--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3038--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3037--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3038--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.6</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:loadglsentries"></a>Loading Entries From a File</h3>
-<!--l. 3040--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and
+<!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and
use:
-</p><!--l. 3042--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-31001"></a> <span
@@ -7285,7 +7286,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">filename</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3044--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3045--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">filename</span><span
@@ -7311,11 +7312,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a
default).
<a
id="x1-31007r5"></a>
-</p><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 5</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Loading Entries from Another File)</span><a
id="x1-31008"></a>
-</p><!--l. 3055--><p class="indent" > Suppose I have a file called <span
+</p><!--l. 3056--><p class="indent" > Suppose I have a file called <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myentries.tex </span>which contains:
@@ -7331,7 +7332,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myentries.tex </span>which contains:
&#x00A0;<br />name={html},
&#x00A0;<br />description={A&#x00A0;mark&#x00A0;up&#x00A0;language}}
</div>
-<!--l. 3067--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command:
+<!--l. 3068--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command:
@@ -7339,7 +7340,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myentries.tex </span>which contains:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
\loadglsentries[languages]{myentries}
</div>
-<!--l. 3071--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span
+<!--l. 3072--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">tex </span>and <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">html </span>to the glossary whose type is
given by <span
@@ -7349,13 +7350,13 @@ glossary, since it explicitly sets the type to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">main</span>. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 3078--><p class="indent" > <span
+<!--l. 3077--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3077--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 3079--><p class="indent" > <span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Note: </span>if you use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-31009"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&#x00A7;13 </a><a
+href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a
href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>) the type is set as
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">type=\acronymtype</span></span></span> unless you explicitly override it. For example, if my
@@ -7368,7 +7369,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myacronyms.tex </span>contains:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
\newacronym{aca}{aca}{a&#x00A0;contrived&#x00A0;acronym}
</div>
-<!--l. 3084--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span
+<!--l. 3085--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">altacronym</span>)
@@ -7377,7 +7378,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">altacronym</span>)
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
\loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms}
</div>
-<!--l. 3089--><p class="nopar" > will add <span
+<!--l. 3090--><p class="nopar" > will add <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">aca </span>to the glossary type <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">acronym</span>, if the package
option <span
@@ -7391,7 +7392,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a
specified.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn3x6" id="fn3x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-31012f3"></a>
-</p><!--l. 3097--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span
+</p><!--l. 3098--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-31016"></a> package option, there are two possible
solutions to this problem:
@@ -7407,7 +7408,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myacronyms.tex </span>so that entries are defined in t
\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{aca}{aca}{a
&#x00A0;<br />contrived&#x00A0;acronym}
</div>
- <!--l. 3105--><p class="nopar" > and do:
+ <!--l. 3106--><p class="nopar" > and do:
@@ -7415,7 +7416,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myacronyms.tex </span>so that entries are defined in t
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
\loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms}
</div>
- <!--l. 3109--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 3110--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-31020x2">Temporarily change <span
@@ -7429,19 +7430,19 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymtype </span>to the target glossary:
&#x00A0;<br />\loadglsentries{myacronyms}
&#x00A0;<br />\let\acronymtype\orgacronymtype
</div>
- <!--l. 3117--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 3120--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear
+ <!--l. 3118--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol>
+<!--l. 3121--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear
in the relevant glossaries. Note also that <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\loadglsentries </span>may only be
used in the preamble.
-</p><!--l. 3125--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3125--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.7</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:moveentry"></a>Moving Entries to Another Glossary</h3>
-<!--l. 3128--><p class="noindent" >As from version&#x00A0;3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another
+<!--l. 3129--><p class="noindent" >As from version&#x00A0;3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another
using:
-</p><!--l. 3130--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsmoveentry</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-32001"></a> <span
@@ -7455,7 +7456,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">target glossary label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3132--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3133--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -7466,12 +7467,12 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">target</span>
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is the unique label identifying the glossary in which to put
the entry.
-</p><!--l. 3137--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target
+</p><!--l. 3138--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target
glossary. This means that you can, for example, move an entry to an
undefined glossary so you can use the entry in the document text but not
have it listed in any of the glossaries. (Maybe you have an acronym that is
so common it doesn&#8217;t need listing.)
-</p><!--l. 3143--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you move an entry to an undefined glossary and you have
+</p><!--l. 3144--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you move an entry to an undefined glossary and you have
hyperlinked entries, the link will point to an undefined target. (Unless you
identify that glossary using <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a
@@ -7479,7 +7480,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a
id="dx1-32003"></a>,
as described in <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&#x00A7;6 </a><a
+href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a
href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>.) Also, you will get
warnings about no file defined for that glossary (unless you use the
<span
@@ -7487,16 +7488,16 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nowarn</span><a
id="dx1-32004"></a> package option). Unpredictable results may occur if you
move an entry to a different glossary from its parent or children.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 3152--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3153--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3155--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3154--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3155--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:docdefs"></a>Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</h3>
-<!--l. 3157--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span
+<!--l. 3158--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-33001"></a> (and <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
@@ -7507,12 +7508,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">document</span><a
id="dx1-33003"></a><a
id="dx1-33004"></a> environment
instead of the preamble.
-</p><!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3163--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3163--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8.1</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:techissues"></a>Technical Issues</h4>
-<!--l. 3165--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3166--><p class="noindent" >
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-34002x1">If you define an entry mid-way through your document, but
@@ -7528,7 +7529,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-34006"></a>. When either of
these commands occur at the start of the document, the entry
details are being looked up before the entry has been defined.</li></ol>
-<!--l. 3176--><p class="noindent" >To overcome these problems, <span
+<!--l. 3177--><p class="noindent" >To overcome these problems, <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-34007"></a> v4.0 modifies the definition of
<span
@@ -7543,26 +7544,26 @@ then read in at the start of the document on the next run. The entry will
then only be defined if it doesn&#8217;t already exist. This means that the entry
can now be looked up in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs at the
beginning of the document.
-</p><!--l. 3185--><p class="indent" > There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry
+</p><!--l. 3186--><p class="indent" > There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry
definition, you need a second run to see the effect of your modification; this
method requires an extra <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newwrite</span>, which may exceed <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span>&#8217;s maximum
allocation; if you have very long entries, you could find unexpected line
breaks have been written to the temporary file.
-</p><!--l. 3191--><p class="indent" > The last reason is why <span
+</p><!--l. 3192--><p class="indent" > The last reason is why <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\longnewglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-34010"></a> has the preamble-only
restriction, which I don&#8217;t intend to lift.
-</p><!--l. 3194--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3194--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8.2</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:goodpractice"></a>Good Practice Issues</h4>
-<!--l. 3197--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to
+<!--l. 3198--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to
have compilation errors or produce incorrect output. This section focuses
on good writing practice. The main reason cited by users wanting to define
entries within the <span
@@ -7573,7 +7574,7 @@ that they want to write the definition as they type in their document text.
This suggests a &#8220;stream of consciousness&#8221; style of writing that may be
acceptable in certain literary genres but is inappropriate for factual
documents.
-</p><!--l. 3206--><p class="indent" > When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it&#8217;s a PhD
+</p><!--l. 3207--><p class="indent" > When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it&#8217;s a PhD
thesis or an article for a&#x00A0;journal or proceedings, you must plan what you
write in advance. If you plan in advance, you should have a fairly good idea
of the type of terminology that your document will contain, so while you
@@ -7586,7 +7587,7 @@ time.
</p>
-<!--l. 3216--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3217--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">5</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:numberlists"></a>Number lists</h2>
Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a
@@ -7595,9 +7596,9 @@ href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-36002"></a></a>. By default,
these numbers refer to the pages on which that entry has been used (using
any of the commands described in <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&#x00A7;6 </a><a
+href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a
href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> and <a
-href="#sec:glsadd">&#x00A7;7
+href="#sec:glsadd">§7
</a><a
href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>). The number
list can be suppressed using the <span
@@ -7609,7 +7610,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counter</span><a
package option. The number list is also referred to as the location
list<a
id="dx1-36005"></a>.
-<!--l. 3228--><p class="indent" > Both <a
+<!--l. 3229--><p class="indent" > Both <a
id="dx1-36006"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a
@@ -7636,15 +7637,15 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is
either an integer or the keyword <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">none </span>which indicates that there should be
no range formation.
-</p><!--l. 3235--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 3236--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-36013"></a> and has no effect if <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a
id="dx1-36014"></a> is used. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3238--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3240--><p class="indent" > With both <a
+</p><!--l. 3239--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3241--><p class="indent" > With both <a
id="dx1-36015"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a
@@ -7654,7 +7655,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-36018"></a></a>, you can replace the separator and the
closing number in the range using:
-</p><!--l. 3242--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3243--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-36019"></a> <span
@@ -7663,8 +7664,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">suffix</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3244--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3245--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3246--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-36020"></a> <span
@@ -7673,7 +7674,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">suffix</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3247--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3248--><p class="noindent" >
where the former command specifies the suffix to use for a 2 page
list and the latter specifies the suffix to use for longer lists. For
example:
@@ -7685,7 +7686,7 @@ example:
\glsSetSuffixF{f.}
&#x00A0;<br />\glsSetSuffixFF{ff.}
</div>
-<!--l. 3254--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a
+<!--l. 3255--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a
id="dx1-36021"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
@@ -7698,7 +7699,7 @@ length to 1 if you want to change these suffixes:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{1}
</div>
-<!--l. 3260--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span
+<!--l. 3261--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-36023"></a> package, you will need to use
<span
@@ -7713,8 +7714,8 @@ For example:
\glsSetSuffixF{\nohyperpage{f.}}
&#x00A0;<br />\glsSetSuffixFF{\nohyperpage{ff.}}
</div>
-<!--l. 3267--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3269--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+<!--l. 3268--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3270--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsSetSuffixF </span>and <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsSetSuffixFF </span>must be used before
<span
@@ -7722,14 +7723,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-36025"></a> and have no effect if <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a
id="dx1-36026"></a> is used. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3273--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3274--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
<h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">6</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:glslink"></a>Links to Glossary Entries</h2>
-<!--l. 3279--><p class="noindent" >Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span
+<!--l. 3280--><p class="noindent" >Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-37001"></a>, you can
refer to that entry in the document using one of the commands listed in
@@ -7754,21 +7755,21 @@ is added to the <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-37009"></a></a> for that entry. By default, the location refers to
the page number. For further information on number lists, see <a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&#x00A7;5 </a><a
+href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a
href="#sec:numberlists">Number
lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3291--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> It is strongly recommended that you don&#8217;t use the commands
+</p><!--l. 3292--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> It is strongly recommended that you don&#8217;t use the commands
defined in this section in the arguments of sectioning or caption
commands or any other command that has a moving argument.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 3295--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3297--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the
+</p><!--l. 3296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3298--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package in conjunction with the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-37010"></a> package. Instead, use
one of the commands listed in <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&#x00A7;9 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a
href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>
(such as <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrytext</span><a
@@ -7782,8 +7783,8 @@ argument to the sectioning/caption command. Examples:
\chapter{An&#x00A0;overview&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;\glsentrytext{perl}}
&#x00A0;<br />\chapter[An&#x00A0;overview&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Perl]{An&#x00A0;overview&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;\gls{perl}}
</div>
-<!--l. 3306--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3308--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a
+<!--l. 3307--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3309--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a
id="dx1-37012"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-37013"></a></a> to produce a hyperlink to the corresponding
@@ -7799,7 +7800,7 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-37016"></a></a>, you can click on the word or
phrase and it will take you to a brief description in this document&#8217;s
glossary.
-</p><!--l. 3316--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span
+</p><!--l. 3317--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-37017"></a> package, I strongly recommend you use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">pdflatex</span><a
@@ -7820,8 +7821,8 @@ doesn&#8217;t correctly size hyperlinks in subscripts or superscripts. This
means that if you define a term that may be used as a subscript or
superscript, if you use the DVI format, it won&#8217;t come out the correct size.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 3329--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3331--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in a certain glossary to have links,
+</p><!--l. 3330--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3332--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in a certain glossary to have links,
but not for another glossary. In which case, you can use the package option
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a
@@ -7848,8 +7849,8 @@ Example:
\usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={common}]{glossaries}
&#x00A0;<br />\newglossary{common}{cacr}{cacn}{Common&#x00A0;Acronyms}
</div>
-<!--l. 3346--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can use
-</p><!--l. 3348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 3347--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can use
+</p><!--l. 3349--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37025"></a> <span
@@ -7858,7 +7859,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">type</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3350--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3351--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -7869,12 +7870,12 @@ For example:
&#x00A0;<br />\newglossary{common}{cacr}{cacn}{Common&#x00A0;Acronyms}
&#x00A0;<br />\GlsDeclareNoHyperList{common}
</div>
-<!--l. 3356--><p class="nopar" > Note that no check is performed to see if the glossary types listed in
+<!--l. 3357--><p class="nopar" > Note that no check is performed to see if the glossary types listed in
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a
id="dx1-37026"></a> or <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList </span>have been defined.
-</p><!--l. 3361--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">The values must be fully expanded, so <span
+</p><!--l. 3362--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">The values must be fully expanded, so <span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">don&#8217;t </span>try <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">nohypertypes=\acronymtype</span></span></span>
or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -7890,11 +7891,11 @@ when using the package option. So
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
\usepackage[nohypertypes={acronym,common}]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 3371--><p class="nopar" > is correct, but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 3372--><p class="nopar" > is correct, but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">nohypertypes={{acronym},{common}}</span></span></span> won&#8217;t work.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 3373--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3375--><p class="indent" > You can override the effect of <span
+</p><!--l. 3374--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3376--><p class="indent" > You can override the effect of <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a
id="dx1-37027"></a> or <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span>
@@ -7904,11 +7905,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyper</span><a
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink </span>or
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="indent" > The way the <a
+</p><!--l. 3381--><p class="indent" > The way the <a
id="dx1-37029"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-37030"></a></a> is displayed depends on
-</p><!--l. 3381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3382--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37031"></a> <span
@@ -7917,7 +7918,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3383--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3384--><p class="noindent" >
For example, to make all <a
id="dx1-37032"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
@@ -7929,8 +7930,8 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
\renewcommand*{\glstextformat}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 3388--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3390--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a
+<!--l. 3389--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3391--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a
id="dx1-37034"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>.
This determines whether <span
@@ -7948,11 +7949,11 @@ used without affecting the <a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;(for example, when used with
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span>). See <a
-href="#sec:glsunset">&#x00A7;14 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a
href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for commands
that unset or reset this conditional.
-</p><!--l. 3398--><p class="indent" > The command:
-</p><!--l. 3399--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3399--><p class="indent" > The command:
+</p><!--l. 3400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslink</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37040"></a> <span
@@ -7969,7 +7970,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3401--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3402--><p class="noindent" >
will place <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstextformat{</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -8042,16 +8043,16 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">italic</span>) you
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
\newcommand*{\textbfem}[1]{\textbf{\emph{#1}}}
</div>
- <!--l. 3428--><p class="nopar" > and use that command.
- </p><!--l. 3431--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text
+ <!--l. 3429--><p class="nopar" > and use that command.
+ </p><!--l. 3432--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text
block commands such as <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textbf</span><a
id="dx1-37049"></a> or <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\emph</span><a
id="dx1-37050"></a> or any of the commands
listed in <a
-href="#x1-370641">table&#x00A0;6.1</a>.
- </p><!--l. 3435--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">table&#x00A0;6.1</a>.
+ </p><!--l. 3436--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a
id="dx1-37051"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
@@ -8082,11 +8083,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
\GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbfem}
</div>
- <!--l. 3443--><p class="nopar" > See <a
-href="#sec:xindy">&#x00A7;11 </a><a
+ <!--l. 3444--><p class="nopar" > See <a
+href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a
href="#sec:xindy">Xindy<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details. </div>
- </p><!--l. 3445--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 3447--><p class="noindent" >Note that unlike <span
+ </p><!--l. 3446--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3448--><p class="noindent" >Note that unlike <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\index</span><a
id="dx1-37059"></a>, you can&#8217;t have anything following the
command name, such as an asterisk or arguments. If you want to
@@ -8096,10 +8097,10 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a
the entry or use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssee</span><a
id="dx1-37061"></a> (described in <a
-href="#sec:crossref">&#x00A7;8 </a><a
+href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a
href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing
Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>).
- </p><!--l. 3454--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the
+ </p><!--l. 3455--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the
hyperlinked location, don&#8217;t use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hyperpage</span><a
id="dx1-37062"></a> (provided by the <span
@@ -8109,9 +8110,9 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a
Instead, the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package provides number formats listed in
<a
-href="#x1-370641">table&#x00A0;6.1</a>.
- </p><!--l. 3460--><p class="noindent" ><a
- id="x1-370641"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">table&#x00A0;6.1</a>.
+ </p><!--l. 3461--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ id="sec:glsdisplay"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
<div class="caption"><table class="caption"
><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="caption"><td class="id">Table&#x00A0;6.1: </td><td
@@ -8182,7 +8183,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">hyperemph</span><a
class="td11"> emphasized hyperlink </td></tr></table>
</div>
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
- <!--l. 3480--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span
+ <!--l. 3481--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hyperlink</span><a
id="dx1-37075"></a> command hasn&#8217;t been defined, the
<span
@@ -8210,7 +8211,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hyperbsf</span><a
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
\newcommand{\hyperbsf}[1]{\textbf{\hypersf{#1}}}
</div>
- <!--l. 3490--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span
+ <!--l. 3491--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">hyperbsf </span>as the value for the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">format</span><a
id="dx1-37077"></a> key. (See
@@ -8229,14 +8230,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
\GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbsf}
</div>
- <!--l. 3498--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 3499--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">counter</span><a
id="dx1-37080"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">This specifies which counter to use for this location. This
overrides the default counter used by this entry. (See also <a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&#x00A7;5 </a><a
+href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a
href="#sec:numberlists">Number
lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.)
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -8275,8 +8276,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">local=true</span>, the change to the <a
current scope. The default is <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">local=false</span>.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3521--><p class="noindent" >There is also a starred version:
-</p><!--l. 3522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 3522--><p class="noindent" >There is also a starred version:
+</p><!--l. 3523--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslink*</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37089"></a> <span
@@ -8293,13 +8294,13 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3524--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3525--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span>, except it sets <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">hyper=false</span>. Similarly, all
the following commands described in this section also have a starred
version that disables the hyperlink.
-</p><!--l. 3530--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don&#8217;t use commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 3531--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don&#8217;t use commands like <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink </span>or <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls </span>in the <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -8307,9 +8308,9 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>argument of
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3533--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3535--><p class="indent" > The command:
-</p><!--l. 3536--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3534--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3536--><p class="indent" > The command:
+</p><!--l. 3537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\gls</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37090"></a> <span
@@ -8326,7 +8327,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3538--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3539--><p class="noindent" >
is the same as <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span>, except that the <a
id="dx1-37091"></a><a
@@ -8354,8 +8355,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls </span>will mark the entry&#8217;s <a
id="dx1-37099"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> as
used.
-</p><!--l. 3548--><p class="indent" > There are two uppercase variants:
-</p><!--l. 3549--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3549--><p class="indent" > There are two uppercase variants:
+</p><!--l. 3550--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Gls</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37100"></a> <span
@@ -8372,9 +8373,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3551--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3552--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 3553--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3554--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLS</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37101"></a> <span
@@ -8391,10 +8392,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3555--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3556--><p class="noindent" >
which make the first letter of the link text or all the link text uppercase,
respectively.
-</p><!--l. 3559--><p class="indent" > The final optional argument <span
+</p><!--l. 3560--><p class="indent" > The final optional argument <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>, allows you to insert some
@@ -8403,10 +8404,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>at
the end of the link text, but this can be changed (see <a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">&#x00A7;6.1 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a
href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the
format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 3564--><p class="indent" > The first optional argument <span
+</p><!--l. 3565--><p class="indent" > The first optional argument <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">options</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is the same as the optional
@@ -8416,7 +8417,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a
id="dx1-37103"></a>, these commands also have a
starred version that disable the hyperlink.
-</p><!--l. 3568--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don&#8217;t use commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 3569--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don&#8217;t use commands like <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink </span>or <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls </span>in the <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -8424,9 +8425,9 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>argument of
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls </span>and its variants. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3571--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3573--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous plural forms:
-</p><!--l. 3574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3572--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3574--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous plural forms:
+</p><!--l. 3575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37104"></a> <span
@@ -8443,8 +8444,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3576--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3577--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glspl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37105"></a> <span
@@ -8461,8 +8462,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3579--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3580--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3580--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37106"></a> <span
@@ -8479,7 +8480,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3582--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3583--><p class="noindent" >
These determine the link text from the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a
id="dx1-37107"></a> and <span
@@ -8487,7 +8488,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-37108"></a> keys supplied
when the entry was first defined. As before, these commands also have a
starred version that disable the hyperlink.
-</p><!--l. 3588--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you
+</p><!--l. 3589--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you
are using <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-37109"></a> as it can affect the spacing of subscripts and
@@ -8501,7 +8502,7 @@ entry:
\newglossaryentry{Falpha}{name={F_\alpha},
&#x00A0;<br />description=sample}
</div>
-<!--l. 3596--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode:
+<!--l. 3597--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode:
@@ -8509,7 +8510,7 @@ entry:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
$\gls{Falpha}^2$
</div>
-<!--l. 3600--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span
+<!--l. 3601--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span
class="lmmi-10x-x-109">F</span><sub><span
class="lmmi-8x-x-103">&#x03B1;</span></sub><sup><span
class="rm-lmr-8x-x-103">2</span></sup> instead of <span
@@ -8528,9 +8529,9 @@ argument:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
$\gls{Falpha}[^2]$
</div>
-<!--l. 3606--><p class="nopar" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 3607--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3609--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+<!--l. 3607--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 3608--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3610--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a
id="dx1-37110"></a> doesn&#8217;t use or affect the <a
id="dx1-37111"></a><a
@@ -8540,10 +8541,10 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplay</span><a
id="dx1-37112"></a> or <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a
id="dx1-37113"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">&#x00A7;6.1 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a
href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of
the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>). Instead, you can use:
-</p><!--l. 3612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3613--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37114"></a> <span
@@ -8560,7 +8561,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">link text</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3614--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3615--><p class="noindent" >
This behaves in the same way as <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-37115"></a>, except that it uses <span
@@ -8583,8 +8584,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplay</span><a
id="dx1-37119"></a> or <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a
id="dx1-37120"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3621--><p class="indent" > The command:
-</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="indent" > The command:
+</p><!--l. 3623--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glstext</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37121"></a> <span
@@ -8601,7 +8602,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3624--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3625--><p class="noindent" >
is similar to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-37122"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span
@@ -8622,8 +8623,8 @@ or <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a
id="dx1-37126"></a>. (The same is true for all the following commands
described in this section.)
-</p><!--l. 3633--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
-</p><!--l. 3634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3634--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
+</p><!--l. 3635--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glstext</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37127"></a> <span
@@ -8640,8 +8641,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3636--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3637--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3637--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3638--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLStext</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37128"></a> <span
@@ -8658,10 +8659,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3639--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3640--><p class="noindent" >
As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the
hyperlink.
-</p><!--l. 3643--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When used with acronyms, these commands don&#8217;t use <span
+</p><!--l. 3644--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When used with acronyms, these commands don&#8217;t use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a
id="dx1-37129"></a>.
For example, if you use the <span
@@ -8670,9 +8671,9 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls </span>will use small
caps but <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext </span>won&#8217;t. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3647--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3649--><p class="indent" > The command:
-</p><!--l. 3650--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3648--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3650--><p class="indent" > The command:
+</p><!--l. 3651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37131"></a> <span
@@ -8689,7 +8690,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3652--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3653--><p class="noindent" >
is similar to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext </span>except that it always uses the value of the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">first</span><a
@@ -8704,8 +8705,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is always appended to the end of the link
affect the <a
id="dx1-37133"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>.
-</p><!--l. 3658--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
-</p><!--l. 3659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3659--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
+</p><!--l. 3660--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37134"></a> <span
@@ -8722,8 +8723,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3661--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3662--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3662--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3663--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSfirst</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37135"></a> <span
@@ -8740,11 +8741,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3664--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3665--><p class="noindent" >
As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the
hyperlink.
-</p><!--l. 3668--><p class="indent" > The command:
-</p><!--l. 3669--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3669--><p class="indent" > The command:
+</p><!--l. 3670--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37136"></a> <span
@@ -8761,7 +8762,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3671--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3672--><p class="noindent" >
is similar to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-37137"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span
@@ -8772,8 +8773,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is always appended to the end of the link text and does not
mark the entry as having been used.
-</p><!--l. 3677--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
-</p><!--l. 3678--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3678--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
+</p><!--l. 3679--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37139"></a> <span
@@ -8790,8 +8791,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3680--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3681--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3681--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3682--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37140"></a> <span
@@ -8808,10 +8809,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3683--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3684--><p class="noindent" >
As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the
hyperlink.
-</p><!--l. 3687--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When used with acronyms, these commands don&#8217;t use <span
+</p><!--l. 3688--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When used with acronyms, these commands don&#8217;t use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a
id="dx1-37141"></a>.
For example, if you use the <span
@@ -8820,9 +8821,9 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl </span>will use small
caps but <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsplural </span>won&#8217;t. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3691--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3693--><p class="indent" > The command:
-</p><!--l. 3694--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3692--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3694--><p class="indent" > The command:
+</p><!--l. 3695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsfirstplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37143"></a> <span
@@ -8840,7 +8841,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3696--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3697--><p class="noindent" >
is similar to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-37144"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span
@@ -8851,8 +8852,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is always appended to the end of the link text and does
not mark the entry as having been used.
-</p><!--l. 3702--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
-</p><!--l. 3703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3703--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
+</p><!--l. 3704--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsfirstplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37146"></a> <span
@@ -8870,8 +8871,8 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3705--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3706--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3707--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSfirstplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37147"></a> <span
@@ -8889,14 +8890,14 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3708--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3709--><p class="noindent" >
As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the
hyperlink.
-</p><!--l. 3712--><p class="indent" > The command:
-</p><!--l. 3713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3713--><p class="indent" > The command:
+</p><!--l. 3714--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsname</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37148"></a> <span
@@ -8913,7 +8914,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3715--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3716--><p class="noindent" >
is similar to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-37149"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span
@@ -8924,8 +8925,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is always appended to the end of the link text and does not
mark the entry as having been used.
-</p><!--l. 3721--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
-</p><!--l. 3722--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3722--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
+</p><!--l. 3723--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsname</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37151"></a> <span
@@ -8942,8 +8943,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3724--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3725--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3725--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3726--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSname</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37152"></a> <span
@@ -8960,11 +8961,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3727--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3728--><p class="noindent" >
As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the
hyperlink.
-</p><!--l. 3731--><p class="indent" > The command:
-</p><!--l. 3732--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3732--><p class="indent" > The command:
+</p><!--l. 3733--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssymbol</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37153"></a> <span
@@ -8981,7 +8982,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3734--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3735--><p class="noindent" >
is similar to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-37154"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span
@@ -8992,8 +8993,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is always appended to the end of the link text and does
not mark the entry as having been used.
-</p><!--l. 3740--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
-</p><!--l. 3741--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3741--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
+</p><!--l. 3742--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glssymbol</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37156"></a> <span
@@ -9010,8 +9011,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3743--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3744--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3744--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3745--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSsymbol</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37157"></a> <span
@@ -9028,11 +9029,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3746--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3747--><p class="noindent" >
As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the
hyperlink.
-</p><!--l. 3750--><p class="indent" > The command:
-</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="indent" > The command:
+</p><!--l. 3752--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37158"></a> <span
@@ -9049,7 +9050,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3753--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3754--><p class="noindent" >
is similar to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-37159"></a> except that it always uses the value of the
@@ -9060,8 +9061,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is always appended to the end of the link
text and does not mark the entry as having been used.
-</p><!--l. 3759--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
-</p><!--l. 3760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3760--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
+</p><!--l. 3761--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsdesc</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37161"></a> <span
@@ -9078,8 +9079,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3762--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3763--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3764--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSdesc</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37162"></a> <span
@@ -9096,14 +9097,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3765--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3766--><p class="noindent" >
As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the
hyperlink.
-</p><!--l. 3769--><p class="indent" > The command:
-</p><!--l. 3770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3770--><p class="indent" > The command:
+</p><!--l. 3771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuseri</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37163"></a> <span
@@ -9120,7 +9121,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3772--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3773--><p class="noindent" >
is similar to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-37164"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span
@@ -9131,8 +9132,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is always appended to the end of the link text and does not
mark the entry as having been used.
-</p><!--l. 3778--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
-</p><!--l. 3779--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3779--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
+</p><!--l. 3780--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuseri</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37166"></a> <span
@@ -9149,8 +9150,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3781--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3782--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuseri</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37167"></a> <span
@@ -9167,10 +9168,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3784--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3785--><p class="noindent" >
As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the
hyperlink. Similarly for the other user keys:
-</p><!--l. 3787--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3788--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuserii</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37168"></a> <span
@@ -9187,8 +9188,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3789--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3790--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3790--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3791--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuserii</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37169"></a> <span
@@ -9205,8 +9206,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3792--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3793--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3794--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuserii</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37170"></a> <span
@@ -9223,8 +9224,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3795--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3796--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuseriii</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37171"></a> <span
@@ -9241,8 +9242,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3798--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3799--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3799--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuseriii</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37172"></a> <span
@@ -9259,8 +9260,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3801--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3802--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3802--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3803--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuseriii</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37173"></a> <span
@@ -9277,8 +9278,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3804--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3805--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3805--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3806--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuseriv</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37174"></a> <span
@@ -9295,8 +9296,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3807--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3808--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3808--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3809--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuseriv</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37175"></a> <span
@@ -9313,8 +9314,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3810--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3811--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3811--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuseriv</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37176"></a> <span
@@ -9331,8 +9332,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3813--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3814--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3814--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3815--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuserv</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37177"></a> <span
@@ -9352,8 +9353,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3816--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3817--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuserv</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37178"></a> <span
@@ -9370,8 +9371,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3819--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3820--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3820--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3821--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuserv</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37179"></a> <span
@@ -9388,8 +9389,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3822--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3823--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3823--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3824--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuservi</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37180"></a> <span
@@ -9406,8 +9407,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3825--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3826--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3826--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuservi</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37181"></a> <span
@@ -9424,8 +9425,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3828--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3829--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3829--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3830--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuservi</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-37182"></a> <span
@@ -9442,11 +9443,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3831--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3832--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
<h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:glsdisplay"></a>Changing the format of the link text</h3>
-<!--l. 3836--><p class="noindent" >The format of the <a
+<!--l. 3837--><p class="noindent" >The format of the <a
id="dx1-38001"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-38002"></a></a> for <span
@@ -9460,27 +9461,27 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisp</span><a
by<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x8" id="fn1x8-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-38006f1"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 3841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3842--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-38010"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3843--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3844--><p class="noindent" >
If you want to redefine this command, you may use the following
commands within its definition:
-</p><!--l. 3847--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3848--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslabel</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-38011"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3849--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3850--><p class="noindent" >
This is the label of the entry being referenced.
-</p><!--l. 3852--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glscustomtext</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-38012"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glscustomtext </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3854--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3855--><p class="noindent" >
This is the custom text supplied in <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisp</span>. It&#8217;s always empty for <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a
@@ -9493,17 +9494,17 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">etoolbox</span><a
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\ifdefempty</span>
to determine if <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glscustomtext </span>is empty.)
-</p><!--l. 3860--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsinsert</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-38016"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsinsert </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3862--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3863--><p class="noindent" >
The custom text supplied in the final optional argument to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span>, <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl</span>
and their uppercase variants.
-</p><!--l. 3866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsifplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-38017"></a> <span
@@ -9516,7 +9517,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false text</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3868--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3869--><p class="noindent" >
If <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl</span>, <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glspl </span>or <span
@@ -9531,7 +9532,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glscapscase</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-38018"></a> <span
@@ -9549,7 +9550,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">all caps</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3874--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3875--><p class="noindent" >
If <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span>, <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl </span>or <span
@@ -9569,23 +9570,23 @@ does <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">all caps</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3879--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also use commands such as <span
+</p><!--l. 3880--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also use commands such as <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\ifglsused</span><a
id="dx1-38019"></a> within the
definition of <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt </span>(see <a
-href="#sec:glsunset">&#x00A7;14 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a
href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry
Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 3882--><p class="indent" > If you only want to make minor modifications to <span
+</p><!--l. 3883--><p class="indent" > If you only want to make minor modifications to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt</span>, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 3884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-38020"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgenentryfmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3886--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3887--><p class="noindent" >
This uses the above commands to display just the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">first</span><a
id="dx1-38021"></a>, <span
@@ -9596,21 +9597,21 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-38024"></a> keys (or the custom text) with the insert text appended.
-</p><!--l. 3891--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 3892--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt </span>is not used by <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a
id="dx1-38025"></a> or any of the other
commands, such as <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-38026"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3894--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3895--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="x1-38027r6"></a>
-</p><!--l. 3896--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 3897--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 6</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Custom Entry Display in Text)</span><a
id="x1-38028"></a>
-</p><!--l. 3897--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the
+</p><!--l. 3898--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a
id="dx1-38029"></a> key to store the unit:
@@ -9623,7 +9624,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a
&#x00A0;<br />description={The&#x00A0;length&#x00A0;between&#x00A0;two&#x00A0;points},
&#x00A0;<br />symbol={km}}
</div>
-<!--l. 3903--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 3904--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> to produce &#8220;distance (km)&#8221;
on <a
id="dx1-38030"></a><a
@@ -9640,14 +9641,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt</span><a
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space&#x00A0;(\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 3912--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3914--><p class="indent" > (Note that I&#8217;ve used <span
+<!--l. 3913--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3915--><p class="indent" > (Note that I&#8217;ve used <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrysymbol</span><a
id="dx1-38032"></a> rather than <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssymbol</span><a
id="dx1-38033"></a> to avoid
nested hyperlinks.)
-</p><!--l. 3917--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a
+</p><!--l. 3918--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a
id="dx1-38034"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-38035"></a></a> will be formatted according to
@@ -9665,18 +9666,18 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstextformat</span><a
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space(\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 3925--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 3926--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> will produce &#8220;<span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">distance (km)</span>&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 3928--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
+</p><!--l. 3929--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
href="#x1-6122r28"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a>.
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 3929--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3929--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 3931--><p class="indent" > If you have multiple glossaries, changing <span
+<!--l. 3930--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3930--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 3932--><p class="indent" > If you have multiple glossaries, changing <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt </span>will change the
way entries for all of the glossaries appear when using the commands <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a
@@ -9688,7 +9689,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisp</span><a
id="dx1-38039"></a>. If you only want
the change to affect entries for a given glossary, then you need to
use
-</p><!--l. 3937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-38040"></a> <span
@@ -9701,7 +9702,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definition</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3939--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3940--><p class="noindent" >
instead of redefining <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt</span>. The optional first argument <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -9713,11 +9714,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdefaulttype</span><a
second argument is the entry format definition.
<a
id="x1-38042r7"></a>
-</p><!--l. 3945--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 3946--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 7</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Custom Format for Particular Glossary)</span><a
id="x1-38043"></a>
-</p><!--l. 3946--><p class="indent" > Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span
+</p><!--l. 3947--><p class="indent" > Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">notation </span>and you want
to change the way the entry is displayed on <a
id="dx1-38044"></a><a
@@ -9731,7 +9732,7 @@ symbol, you can do:
\defglsentryfmt[notation]{\glsgenentryfmt
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space(denoted&#x00A0;\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}}
</div>
-<!--l. 3952--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows:
+<!--l. 3953--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows:
@@ -9743,7 +9744,7 @@ symbol, you can do:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={$S$}
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 3960--><p class="nopar" > The <a
+<!--l. 3961--><p class="nopar" > The <a
id="dx1-38045"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first time</a> you reference this entry it will be displayed as: &#8220;set
(denoted <span
@@ -9752,18 +9753,18 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-38046"></a> was used). </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 3963--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3963--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 3965--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span
+<!--l. 3964--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3964--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 3966--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a
id="dx1-38047"></a> key, you need to use a glossary
style that displays the symbol, as many of the styles ignore it.
-</p><!--l. 3969--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3970--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3969--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3970--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:disablehyperlinks"></a>Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</h3>
-<!--l. 3972--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span
+<!--l. 3973--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-39001"></a> or <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">html</span><a
@@ -9780,19 +9781,19 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyper</span><a
id="dx1-39005"></a> option has been set to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">false</span>. You can disable or enable links
using:
-</p><!--l. 3977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-39006"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisablehyper </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3979--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3980--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 3981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsenablehyper</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-39007"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsenablehyper </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3983--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3984--><p class="noindent" >
respectively. The effect can be localised by placing the commands within a
group. Note that you should only use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsenablehyper </span>if the commands
@@ -9804,7 +9805,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hypertarget</span><a
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-39010"></a> package).
-</p><!--l. 3989--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a
+</p><!--l. 3990--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a
id="dx1-39011"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> links using the package option
<span
@@ -9827,13 +9828,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a
<a
id="x1-39018r8"></a>
-</p><!--l. 3994--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 3995--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 8</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(First Use With Hyperlinked Footnote</span>
<span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Description)</span><a
id="x1-39019"></a>
-</p><!--l. 3995--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the <a
+</p><!--l. 3996--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the <a
id="dx1-39020"></a>first use to have a hyperlink to the description in a
footnote instead of hyperlinking to the relevant place in the glossary. First
I need to disable the hyperlinks on first use via the package option
@@ -9847,10 +9848,10 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperfirst=false</span><a
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
\usepackage[hyperfirst=false]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 4001--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span
+<!--l. 4002--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-39022"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">&#x00A7;6.1 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a
href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of
the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>):
@@ -9863,17 +9864,17 @@ the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>):
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}%
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 4009--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4011--><p class="indent" > Now the first use won&#8217;t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a
+<!--l. 4010--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4012--><p class="indent" > Now the first use won&#8217;t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a
footnote. See the sample file <a
href="#x1-6027r6"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-FnDesc.tex</span></a> for a complete document.
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 4014--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4014--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 4016--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
+<!--l. 4015--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4015--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4017--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperfirst</span><a
id="dx1-39023"></a> option applies to all defined glossaries. It may be
that you only want to disable the hyperlinks on <a
@@ -9885,7 +9886,7 @@ the entries that require hyperlinking for all instances have identical first
and subsequent text, they can be unset via <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsunsetall</span><a
id="dx1-39026"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:glsunset">&#x00A7;14
+href="#sec:glsunset">§14
</a><a
href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>) so that the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperfirst</span><a
@@ -9893,13 +9894,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperfirst</span><a
get applied.
<a
id="x1-39028r9"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4026--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 4027--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 9</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Suppressing Hyperlinks on First Use Just For</span>
<span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Acronyms)</span><a
id="x1-39029"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4027--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a
+</p><!--l. 4028--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a
id="dx1-39030"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for acronyms but
not for entries in the main glossary. I&#x00A0;can load the <span
@@ -9912,7 +9913,7 @@ using:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
\usepackage[hyperfirst=false,acronym]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 4032--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I&#x00A0;then do:
+<!--l. 4033--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I&#x00A0;then do:
@@ -9920,36 +9921,36 @@ using:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
\glsunsetall[main]
</div>
-<!--l. 4036--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 4037--><p class="nopar" >
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 4038--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 4040--><p class="indent" > For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all
+<!--l. 4039--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4039--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4041--><p class="indent" > For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all
hyperlinks via <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisablehyper</span><a
id="dx1-39031"></a> and put the hyperlinks (where required)
within the definition of <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-39032"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">&#x00A7;6.1 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a
href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of
the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>) via <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glshyperlink</span><a
id="dx1-39033"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&#x00A7;9 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a
href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without
Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>).
<a
id="x1-39034r10"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4047--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 4048--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 10</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Only Hyperlink in Text Mode Not Math</span>
<span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Mode)</span><a
id="x1-39035"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4048--><p class="indent" > This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only
+</p><!--l. 4049--><p class="indent" > This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only
want commands like <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-39036"></a> and <span
@@ -9977,7 +9978,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt</span><a
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 4065--><p class="nopar" > To ensure the target exists, the hyperlinks must be enabled again when
+<!--l. 4066--><p class="nopar" > To ensure the target exists, the hyperlinks must be enabled again when
the glossary is displayed:
@@ -9987,7 +9988,7 @@ the glossary is displayed:
\renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{\glsenablehyper}
&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glossarypostamble}{\glsdisablehyper}
</div>
-<!--l. 4071--><p class="nopar" > (The redefinition of <span
+<!--l. 4072--><p class="nopar" > (The redefinition of <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarypostamble</span><a
id="dx1-39039"></a> is only necessary if the glossary
is displayed at the start of the document instead of at the end.) See the
@@ -9997,17 +9998,17 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span></a> for a complete docum
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 4077--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4077--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4078--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4078--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 4079--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4080--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">7</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:glsadd"></a>Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</h2>
It is possible to add a line in the glossary file without generating any
text at that point in the document using:
-<!--l. 4084--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 4085--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsadd</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-40001"></a> <span
@@ -10020,7 +10021,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4086--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4087--><p class="noindent" >
This is similar to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a
id="dx1-40002"></a>, only it doesn&#8217;t produce any text (so therefore,
@@ -10046,9 +10047,9 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">set</span>:
&#x00A0;<br />Lots&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;sets&#x00A0;spanning&#x00A0;many&#x00A0;pages.
&#x00A0;<br />\glsadd[format=)]{set}
</div>
-<!--l. 4097--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4099--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use:
-</p><!--l. 4100--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 4098--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4100--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use:
+</p><!--l. 4101--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-40005"></a> <span
@@ -10057,7 +10058,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">options</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4102--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4103--><p class="noindent" >
The optional argument is the same as for <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsadd</span>, except there is also a
key <span
@@ -10077,8 +10078,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">notation</span>) then you can do:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
\glsaddall[types={\acronymtype,notation}]
</div>
-<!--l. 4113--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4115--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+<!--l. 4114--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4116--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsadd </span>and <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsaddall </span>add the current location to the
<a
@@ -10094,11 +10095,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nonumberlist</span><a
sections&#x00A0;<a
href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> and&#x00A0;<a
href="#sec:numberlists">5<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 4122--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4124--><p class="indent" > There is now a variation of <span
+</p><!--l. 4123--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4125--><p class="indent" > There is now a variation of <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsaddall </span>that skips any entries that have
already been used:
-</p><!--l. 4126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4127--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-40011"></a> <span
@@ -10107,7 +10108,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4128--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4129--><p class="noindent" >
This command uses <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsadd[format=@gobble] </span>which will ignore
this location in the number list. The optional argument <span
@@ -10118,11 +10119,11 @@ comma-separated list of glossary types. If omitted, it defaults to the list of
all defined glossaries.
<a
id="x1-40012r11"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4134--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 11</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Dual Entries)</span><a
id="x1-40013"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a
+</p><!--l. 4136--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a
href="#x1-6069r17"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-dual.tex</span></a> makes use of <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsadd </span>to allow for an
@@ -10138,7 +10139,7 @@ package option:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 4141--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual
+<!--l. 4142--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual
entries:
@@ -10154,8 +10155,8 @@ entries:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newacronym{#2}{#3\glsadd{main-#2}}{#4}%
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 4153--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax:
-</p><!--l. 4156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+<!--l. 4154--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax:
+</p><!--l. 4157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newdualentry</span><a
id="dx1-40015"></a><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">[</span><span
@@ -10180,7 +10181,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">description</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4157--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4158--><p class="noindent" >
You can then define a new dual entry:
@@ -10192,21 +10193,21 @@ You can then define a new dual entry:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}%&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;form
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{Statistical&#x00A0;pattern&#x00A0;recognition&#x00A0;technique}%&#x00A0;description
</div>
-<!--l. 4164--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 4165--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> or you can
reference the entry in the main glossary with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{main-svm}</span></span></span>.
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 4167--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4167--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4168--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4168--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
<h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">8</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:crossref"></a>Cross-Referencing Entries</h2>
-<!--l. 4172--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span
+<!--l. 4173--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-41001"></a> <span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">before </span>defining any cross-referenced
@@ -10214,8 +10215,8 @@ entries. If any of the terms that you have cross-referenced don&#8217;t appear i
the glossary, check that you have put <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span>before all entry
definitions. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4177--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="noindent" >There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary:
+</p><!--l. 4178--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4180--><p class="noindent" >There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary:
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-41003x1">You can use commands such as <span
@@ -10229,7 +10230,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a
\newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,
&#x00A0;<br />description={firm,&#x00A0;round&#x00A0;fruit.&#x00A0;See&#x00A0;also&#x00A0;\gls{pear}}}
</div>
- <!--l. 4188--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don&#8217;t use the cross-referenced
+ <!--l. 4189--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don&#8217;t use the cross-referenced
term in the main part of the document, you will need two runs of
<a
id="dx1-41005"></a><a
@@ -10247,11 +10248,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a
&#x00A0;<br />makeglossaries&#x00A0;filename
&#x00A0;<br />latex&#x00A0;filename
</div>
- <!--l. 4198--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 4199--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-41008x2">As described in <a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">&#x00A7;4 </a><a
+href="#sec:newglosentry">§4 </a><a
href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>, you can use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a
id="dx1-41009"></a> key
@@ -10265,19 +10266,19 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a
&#x00A0;<br />description={Series&#x00A0;expansion},
&#x00A0;<br />see={TaylorsTheorem}}
</div>
- <!--l. 4207--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span
+ <!--l. 4208--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a
id="dx1-41010"></a> key will automatically
be added to the glossary, but the cross-referenced entry won&#8217;t. You
therefore need to ensure that you use the cross-referenced term
with the commands described in <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&#x00A7;6 </a><a
+href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a
href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>
or <a
-href="#sec:glsadd">&#x00A7;7 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a
href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating
Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>.
- </p><!--l. 4214--><p class="noindent" >The &#8220;see&#8221; tag is produce using <span
+ </p><!--l. 4215--><p class="noindent" >The &#8220;see&#8221; tag is produce using <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\seename</span><a
id="dx1-41011"></a>, but can be overridden in
specific instances using square brackets at the start of the <span
@@ -10294,11 +10295,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a
&#x00A0;<br />description={Series&#x00A0;expansion},
&#x00A0;<br />see=[see&#x00A0;also]{TaylorsTheorem}}
</div>
- <!--l. 4222--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 4223--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-41014x3">After you have defined the entry, use
- <!--l. 4225--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 4226--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssee</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-41015"></a> <span
@@ -10315,7 +10316,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">xr label list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4227--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4228--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">xr label list</span><span
@@ -10341,7 +10342,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\seename</span><a
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
\glssee[see&#x00A0;also]{series}{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}
</div>
- <!--l. 4235--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by <span
+ <!--l. 4236--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>to the
@@ -10351,7 +10352,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">xr</span>
<span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>) to the glossary.</p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 4241--><p class="indent" > In both cases&#x00A0;2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information
+<!--l. 4242--><p class="indent" > In both cases&#x00A0;2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information
appears in the <a
id="dx1-41017"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
@@ -10380,7 +10381,7 @@ automatically activate the <a
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">seeautonumberlist</span><a
id="dx1-41028"></a> package
option.
-</p><!--l. 4253--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span
+</p><!--l. 4254--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-41029"></a> <span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">before </span>the entry definitions containing
@@ -10390,17 +10391,17 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssee</span><a
id="dx1-41031"></a> or the entry won&#8217;t be
automatically added to the glossary. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4259--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
<h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:customxr"></a>Customising Cross-reference Text</h3>
-<!--l. 4263--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span
+<!--l. 4264--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a
id="dx1-42001"></a> key or the command <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssee</span>, the
cross-referencing information will be typeset in the glossary according
to:
-</p><!--l. 4266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4267--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsseeformat</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-42002"></a> <span
@@ -10418,7 +10419,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">location</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4268--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4269--><p class="noindent" >
The default definition of <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseeformat </span>is: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
@@ -10448,31 +10449,31 @@ href="#fn2x10" id="fn2x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a
\renewcommand*{\glsseeformat}[3][\seename]{\textbf{#1}
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsseelist{#2}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4284--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4287--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span
+<!--l. 4285--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4288--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseelist</span>, which iterates through
the list and typesets each entry in the label. The entries are separated
by
-</p><!--l. 4290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4291--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsseesep</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-42009"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseesep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4293--><p class="noindent" >
or (for the last pair)
-</p><!--l. 4294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4295--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsseelastsep</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-42010"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseelastsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4297--><p class="noindent" >
These default to &#8220;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">,\space</span></span></span>&#8221; and &#8220;<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\space\andname</span><a
id="dx1-42011"></a><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\space</span>&#8221; respectively.
The list entry text is displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 4300--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4301--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-42012"></a> <span
@@ -10481,7 +10482,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4303--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrytext</span><a
@@ -10502,8 +10503,8 @@ For example, to make the cross-referenced list use small caps:
\renewcommand{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\textsc{\glsentrytext{#1}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4310--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span
+<!--l. 4311--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4313--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseeformat</span><a
id="dx1-42018"></a> and <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseelist</span><a
@@ -10520,13 +10521,13 @@ Some&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;(see&#x00A0;also
&#x00A0;<br />\glsseelist{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}%
&#x00A0;<br />\glsadd{FourierSeries}\glsadd{TaylorsTheorem}).
</div>
-<!--l. 4321--><p class="nopar" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 4322--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 4322--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 4323--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4324--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4325--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">9</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:glsnolink"></a>Using Glossary Terms Without Links</h2>
The commands described in this section display entry details
@@ -10540,7 +10541,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;and, apart from <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glshyperlink</span><a
id="dx1-43003"></a>, they don&#8217;t
produce hyperlinks.
-<!--l. 4333--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren&#8217;t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks,
+<!--l. 4334--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren&#8217;t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks,
so you will need to provide an alternative via <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-43004"></a>&#8217;s <span
@@ -10551,8 +10552,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package.) See the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-43005"></a> documentation for further details.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 4339--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4340--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4342--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryname</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43006"></a> <span
@@ -10561,8 +10562,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4343--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4344--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryname</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43007"></a> <span
@@ -10571,7 +10572,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4347--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the name of the glossary entry given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -10587,7 +10588,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>. The first form
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryname </span>is expandable (unless the name contains unexpandable
commands).
-</p><!--l. 4354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43009"></a> <span
@@ -10596,7 +10597,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4357--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnamefont</span>{<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryname{</span><span
@@ -10619,8 +10620,8 @@ required fonts. For example:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
\renewcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textmd{\sffamily&#x00A0;#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4365--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 4366--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43010"></a> <span
@@ -10629,11 +10630,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4369--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentryname </span>but makes the first letter of the name
uppercase.
-</p><!--l. 4372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43011"></a> <span
@@ -10642,8 +10643,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4374--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4375--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4375--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43012"></a> <span
@@ -10652,7 +10653,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4378--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the subsequent use text for the glossary entry
given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -10667,7 +10668,7 @@ checks for the existence of <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43014"></a> <span
@@ -10676,8 +10677,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4387--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4388--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43015"></a> <span
@@ -10686,7 +10687,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4391--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the subsequent use plural text for the glossary
entry given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -10701,7 +10702,7 @@ not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4399--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryfirst</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43017"></a> <span
@@ -10710,8 +10711,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4401--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4402--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4402--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43018"></a> <span
@@ -10720,7 +10721,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4404--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4405--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the <a
id="dx1-43019"></a><a
href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a>&#x00A0;for the glossary entry given by
@@ -10737,7 +10738,7 @@ Neither checks for the existence of <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4412--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4413--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryfirstplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43021"></a> <span
@@ -10746,11 +10747,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4414--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4415--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43022"></a> <span
@@ -10759,7 +10760,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4417--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4418--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the plural form of the <a
id="dx1-43023"></a><a
href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a>&#x00A0;for the
@@ -10777,7 +10778,7 @@ existence of <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4426--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4427--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrydesc</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43025"></a> <span
@@ -10786,8 +10787,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4428--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4429--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4429--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43026"></a> <span
@@ -10796,7 +10797,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4431--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4432--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the description for the glossary entry given by
<span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -10809,7 +10810,7 @@ existence of <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43027"></a> <span
@@ -10818,7 +10819,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4440--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4441--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrydesc{</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -10830,7 +10831,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>. This command is not expandable. It&#8217;s used in the predefined
glossary styles to display the description.
-</p><!--l. 4445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4446--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43028"></a> <span
@@ -10839,11 +10840,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4447--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4448--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentrydesc </span>but converts the first letter to uppercase.
This command is not expandable.
-</p><!--l. 4451--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrydescplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43029"></a> <span
@@ -10852,8 +10853,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4453--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4454--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43030"></a> <span
@@ -10862,7 +10863,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4456--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4457--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the plural description for the glossary entry given
by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -10875,7 +10876,7 @@ checks for the existence of <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4465--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43031"></a> <span
@@ -10884,8 +10885,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4467--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4468--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4468--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43032"></a> <span
@@ -10894,7 +10895,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4470--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4471--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the symbol for the glossary entry given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -10910,7 +10911,7 @@ existence of <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4478--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43033"></a> <span
@@ -10919,7 +10920,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4479--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4480--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrysymbol{</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -10931,7 +10932,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>. This command is not expandable. It&#8217;s used in the predefined
glossary styles to display the symbol.
-</p><!--l. 4484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glossentrysymbol</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43034"></a> <span
@@ -10940,11 +10941,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4486--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4487--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentrysymbol </span>but converts the first letter to uppercase.
This command is not expandable.
-</p><!--l. 4490--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrysymbolplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43035"></a> <span
@@ -10953,8 +10954,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4493--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4493--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4494--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43036"></a> <span
@@ -10963,7 +10964,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4495--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4496--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the plural symbol for the glossary entry given by
<span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -10976,7 +10977,7 @@ existence of <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuseri</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43037"></a> <span
@@ -10985,8 +10986,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4505--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4506--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4506--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuseri</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43038"></a> <span
@@ -10995,8 +10996,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4508--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4509--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuserii</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43039"></a> <span
@@ -11005,8 +11006,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4511--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4512--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4512--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuserii</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43040"></a> <span
@@ -11015,8 +11016,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4514--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4515--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4515--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuseriii</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43041"></a> <span
@@ -11025,8 +11026,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4517--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4518--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4518--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4519--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriii</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43042"></a> <span
@@ -11035,8 +11036,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4521--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuseriv</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43043"></a> <span
@@ -11045,11 +11046,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4523--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4524--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4525--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriv</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43044"></a> <span
@@ -11058,8 +11059,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4526--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4527--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuserv</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43045"></a> <span
@@ -11068,8 +11069,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4530--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4530--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuserv</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43046"></a> <span
@@ -11078,8 +11079,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4532--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4533--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4534--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuservi</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43047"></a> <span
@@ -11088,8 +11089,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4535--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuservi</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43048"></a> <span
@@ -11098,7 +11099,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4538--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4539--><p class="noindent" >
These commands display the value of the user keys for the glossary entry
given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -11111,7 +11112,7 @@ existence of <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4547--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43049"></a> <span
@@ -11124,7 +11125,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4549--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4550--><p class="noindent" >
This command provides a hyperlink to the glossary entry given by
<span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -11144,22 +11145,22 @@ default<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x11" id="fn1x11-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-43051f1"></a>,
but can be overridden using the optional argument.
-</p><!--l. 4557--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
+</p><!--l. 4558--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glshyperlink</span>, you need to ensure that the relevant entry
has been added to the glossary using any of the commands described in <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&#x00A7;6
+href="#sec:glslink">§6
</a><a
href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> or <a
-href="#sec:glsadd">&#x00A7;7 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a
href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without
Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> otherwise you will end up with an undefined link.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 4562--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4564--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with the <span
+</p><!--l. 4563--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4565--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">savenumberlist</span><a
id="dx1-43056"></a>
package option:
-</p><!--l. 4566--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4567--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43057"></a> <span
@@ -11168,8 +11169,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4568--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4569--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4569--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43058"></a> <span
@@ -11178,7 +11179,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4571--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4572--><p class="noindent" >
Both display the <a
id="dx1-43059"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
@@ -11208,23 +11209,23 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrynumberlist</span>,
simply displays the number list as is. The second command,
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span>, formats the list using:
-</p><!--l. 4578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4579--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsnumlistsep</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43067"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnumlistsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4580--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4581--><p class="noindent" >
as the separator between all but the last two elements and
-</p><!--l. 4582--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsnumlistlastsep</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-43068"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnumlistlastsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4584--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4585--><p class="noindent" >
between the final two elements. The defaults are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">,&#x2423;</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">&#x2423;\&amp;&#x2423;</span></span></span>, respectively.
-</p><!--l. 4588--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+</p><!--l. 4589--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplaynumberlist </span>is fairly experimental. It only works when the
default counter format is used (that is, when the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">format</span><a
@@ -11236,8 +11237,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a
try using it with that package, <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrynumberlist </span>will be used instead.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 4594--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4596--><p class="indent" > For further information see &#8220;Displaying entry details without
+</p><!--l. 4595--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4597--><p class="indent" > For further information see &#8220;Displaying entry details without
adding information to the glossary&#8221; in the documented code
(<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
@@ -11247,13 +11248,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
</p>
<h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">10</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:printglossary"></a>Displaying a glossary</h2>
-<!--l. 4603--><p class="noindent" >The command
-</p><!--l. 4604--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 4604--><p class="noindent" >The command
+</p><!--l. 4605--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-44001"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4607--><p class="noindent" >
will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were defined. Note
that no glossaries will appear until you have either used the Perl script
<a
@@ -11270,7 +11271,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-44007"></a></a> (as described
in <a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">&#x00A7;1.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a
href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). If the glossary still
does not appear after you re-<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;your document, check the
@@ -11285,8 +11286,8 @@ also need to use the command <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-44012"></a> in the preamble to enable
the glossaries.
-</p><!--l. 4617--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using:
+</p><!--l. 4619--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\printglossary</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-44013"></a> <span
@@ -11295,7 +11296,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">options</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4621--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">options</span><span
@@ -11320,7 +11321,7 @@ class="description">The value of this key specifies which glossary to print. If
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
\printglossary[type=\acronymtype]
</div>
- <!--l. 4629--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 4630--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">title</span><a
@@ -11361,7 +11362,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">numberedsection</span><a
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">numberedsection</span><a
id="dx1-44024"></a>
package option, described in <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">&#x00A7;2.2 </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">Sectioning, Headings and TOC
Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>.
</dd><dt class="description">
@@ -11375,7 +11376,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">nonumberlist=true</span></span></span>)
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">nonumberlist=false</span></span></span>) the numberlist is displayed for this glossary.
If no value is supplied, true is assumed.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4659--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span
+<!--l. 4660--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\chapter*</span><a
id="dx1-44026"></a> or by
<span
@@ -11393,7 +11394,7 @@ obtained using the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">numberedsection</span><a
id="dx1-44031"></a> package option. Each glossary sets the
page header via the command
-</p><!--l. 4665--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-44032"></a> <span
@@ -11404,7 +11405,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">title</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4667--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4668--><p class="noindent" >
If this mechanism is unsuitable for your chosen class file or page style
package, you will need to redefine <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsglossarymark</span><a
@@ -11413,17 +11414,17 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsglossarymark</span><a
about these options and commands is given in <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">&#x00A7;2.2 </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">Sectioning, Headings
and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4673--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and
+</p><!--l. 4674--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and
before the main body of the glossary) by redefining
-</p><!--l. 4675--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4676--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-44035"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarypreamble </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4677--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4678--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -11433,12 +11434,12 @@ For example:
\renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{Numbers&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;italic
&#x00A0;<br />indicate&#x00A0;primary&#x00A0;definitions.}
</div>
-<!--l. 4682--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed using
+<!--l. 4683--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed using
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries </span>or <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossary</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4686--><p class="indent" > If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use
-</p><!--l. 4687--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4687--><p class="indent" > If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use
+</p><!--l. 4688--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-44036"></a> <span
@@ -11453,13 +11454,13 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">preamble</span>
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4689--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4690--><p class="noindent" >
If <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">type</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is omitted, <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdefaulttype </span>is used.
-</p><!--l. 4692--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 4693--><p class="indent" > For example:
@@ -11468,24 +11469,24 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdefaulttype </span>is used.
\setglossarypreamble{Numbers&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;italic
&#x00A0;<br />indicate&#x00A0;primary&#x00A0;definitions.}
</div>
-<!--l. 4696--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have
+<!--l. 4697--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have
any preamble text for any other glossaries.
-</p><!--l. 4700--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command to <span
+</p><!--l. 4701--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarypreamble </span>called
-</p><!--l. 4701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4702--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossarypostamble</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-44037"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarypostamble </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4703--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4704--><p class="noindent" >
which is placed at the end of each glossary.
<a
id="x1-44038r12"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4706--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 4707--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 12</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Switch to Two Column Mode for Glossary)</span><a
id="x1-44039"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4707--><p class="indent" > Suppose you are using the <span
+</p><!--l. 4708--><p class="indent" > Suppose you are using the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">superheaderborder</span><a
id="dx1-44040"></a>
style<span class="footnote-mark"><a
@@ -11505,15 +11506,15 @@ want to switch back to one column mode, you could do:
&#x00A0;<br />}
&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glossarypostamble}{\onecolumn}
</div>
-<!--l. 4721--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 4722--><p class="nopar" >
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 4723--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4723--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 4725--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according
+<!--l. 4724--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4724--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4726--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according
to
-</p><!--l. 4726--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4727--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-44045"></a> <span
@@ -11522,7 +11523,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4728--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4729--><p class="noindent" >
which takes one argument: the entry name. This command is always used
regardless of the glossary style. By default, <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnamefont </span>simply
@@ -11545,13 +11546,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-tree</span><a
bold.
<a
id="x1-44050r13"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4742--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 4743--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 13</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Changing the Font Used to Display Entry</span>
<span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Names in the Glossary)</span><a
id="x1-44051"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4743--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small
+</p><!--l. 4744--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small
caps in your glossaries, then you can do:
@@ -11560,17 +11561,17 @@ caps in your glossaries, then you can do:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119">
\renewcommand{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textsc{\mdseries&#x00A0;#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4747--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 4748--><p class="nopar" > </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 4748--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4748--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4749--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4749--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
<h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">11</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:xindy"></a>Xindy</h2>
-<!--l. 4753--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a
+<!--l. 4754--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a
id="dx1-45001"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
@@ -11585,13 +11586,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120">
\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 4757--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <a
+<!--l. 4758--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <a
id="dx1-45004"></a><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-45005"></a>
syntax.
-</p><!--l. 4761--><p class="indent" > <a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">&#x00A7;1.3 </a><a
+</p><!--l. 4762--><p class="indent" > <a
+href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a
href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> covers how to use the
external <a
id="dx1-45006"></a><a
@@ -11605,35 +11606,35 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
(<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.xdy</span><a
id="dx1-45009"></a>) and parameters.
-</p><!--l. 4766--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a
+</p><!--l. 4767--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a
id="dx1-45010"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-45011"></a></a> style file, the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span>
package provides the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 4769--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsopenbrace</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-45012"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsopenbrace </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4771--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4772--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4772--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4773--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsclosebrace</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-45013"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsclosebrace </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4775--><p class="noindent" >
which produce an open and closing brace. (This is needed because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\{</span></span></span> and
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\}</span></span></span> don&#8217;t expand to a simple brace character when written to a
file.)
-</p><!--l. 4779--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote
+</p><!--l. 4780--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote
character active (e.g. <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">ngerman</span><a
id="dx1-45014"></a>) you can use:
-</p><!--l. 4781--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsquote</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-45015"></a> <span
@@ -11642,7 +11643,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4783--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4784--><p class="noindent" >
which will produce <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">"</span></span></span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -11654,7 +11655,7 @@ the double-quote character. This document assumes that the double quote
character has not been made active, so the examples just use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">"</span></span></span> for
clarity.
-</p><!--l. 4789--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a
+</p><!--l. 4790--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a
id="dx1-45016"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
@@ -11691,7 +11692,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">http://xindy.sourceforge.net/mailing-list.html</span><
</p>
<h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:langenc"></a>Language and Encodings</h3>
-<!--l. 4803--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a
+<!--l. 4804--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a
id="dx1-46001"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
@@ -11722,7 +11723,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-46011"></a>
doesn&#8217;t support that language, then you can specify the required language
using:
-</p><!--l. 4812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4813--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-46012"></a> <span
@@ -11736,7 +11737,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">language</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4814--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4815--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">language</span><span
@@ -11753,14 +11754,14 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary</span>
<span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">type</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4822--><p class="indent" > If the <span
+</p><!--l. 4823--><p class="indent" > If the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inputenc</span><a
id="dx1-46013"></a> package is used, the encoding will be obtained from the
value of <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\inputencodingname</span><a
id="dx1-46014"></a>. Alternatively, you can specify the encoding
using:
-</p><!--l. 4825--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4826--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-46015"></a> <span
@@ -11769,7 +11770,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">code</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4827--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4828--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">code</span><span
@@ -11781,8 +11782,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is the name of the encoding. For example:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
\GlsSetXdyCodePage{utf8}
</div>
-<!--l. 4831--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4833--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the
+<!--l. 4832--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4834--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the
package option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy={language=</span></span></span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -11801,8 +11802,8 @@ example:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
\usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 4839--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4841--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a
+<!--l. 4840--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4842--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a
id="dx1-46016"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
@@ -11815,11 +11816,11 @@ settings, you need to set the language to nothing:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123">
\GlsSetXdyLanguage{}
</div>
-<!--l. 4846--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span
+<!--l. 4847--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a
id="dx1-46018"></a> to prevent the style file from being
overwritten).
-</p><!--l. 4850--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span
+</p><!--l. 4851--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyLanguage </span>and <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyCodePage </span>have
no effect if you don&#8217;t use <a
@@ -11838,13 +11839,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a
using the <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">-L </span>and <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">-C </span>switches. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4856--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4859--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4857--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4860--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4859--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4860--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:xindyloc"></a>Locations and Number lists</h3>
-<!--l. 4862--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span
+<!--l. 4863--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-47001"></a>, the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package needs to know which counters you
@@ -11875,7 +11876,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">before </span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-47010"></a>
using:
-</p><!--l. 4870--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-47011"></a> <span
@@ -11884,12 +11885,12 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4872--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4873--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is a comma-separated list of counter names.
-</p><!--l. 4875--><p class="indent" > The most likely attributes used in the <span
+</p><!--l. 4876--><p class="indent" > The most likely attributes used in the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">format</span><a
id="dx1-47012"></a> key (<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">textrm</span><a
@@ -11902,7 +11903,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-47016"></a></a> style file, but if you want to use
another attribute, you need to add it using:
-</p><!--l. 4879--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-47017"></a> <span
@@ -11911,7 +11912,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4881--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4882--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span
@@ -11921,11 +11922,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">format</span><a
key.
<a
id="x1-47019r14"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4885--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 4886--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 14</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Custom Font for Displaying a Location)</span><a
id="x1-47020"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4886--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define
+</p><!--l. 4887--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define
a command that will do this:
@@ -11934,7 +11935,7 @@ a command that will do this:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124">
\newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4890--><p class="nopar" > but with <a
+<!--l. 4891--><p class="nopar" > but with <a
id="dx1-47021"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
@@ -11946,7 +11947,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
\GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit}
</div>
-<!--l. 4895--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span
+<!--l. 4896--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-47023"></a>:
@@ -11956,13 +11957,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
Here&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;\gls[format=hyperbfit]{sample}&#x00A0;entry.
</div>
-<!--l. 4900--><p class="nopar" > (where <span
+<!--l. 4901--><p class="nopar" > (where <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample </span>is the label of the required entry). </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 4902--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4902--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 4904--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+<!--l. 4903--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4903--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4905--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>has no effect if <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a
id="dx1-47024"></a> is used or if
@@ -11976,11 +11977,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyCounters </span>must come before
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4910--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4912--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers don&#8217;t get expanded to a simple Arabic or Roman
+</p><!--l. 4911--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4913--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers don&#8217;t get expanded to a simple Arabic or Roman
number or a letter from a, &#x2026;, z or A, &#x2026;, Z, then you need to add a location
style in the appropriate format using
-</p><!--l. 4915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4916--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-47027"></a> <span
@@ -11998,7 +11999,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definition</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4917--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4918--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span
@@ -12023,7 +12024,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\the</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4923--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 4924--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>has no effect if <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a
id="dx1-47030"></a> is used or if
@@ -12034,14 +12035,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>must be used before
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-47032"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4927--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4928--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="x1-47033r15"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4929--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 4930--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 15</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Custom Numbering System for Locations)</span><a
id="x1-47034"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4930--><p class="indent" > Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for
+</p><!--l. 4931--><p class="indent" > Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for
sections where I redefine <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\thesection </span>as follows:
@@ -12051,7 +12052,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\thesection </span>as follows:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
\renewcommand*{\thesection}{[\thechapter]\arabic{section}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4934--><p class="nopar" > If I haven&#8217;t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 4935--><p class="nopar" > If I haven&#8217;t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">counter=section</span></span></span> in the package option, I need to
specify that the counter will be used as a location number:
@@ -12061,7 +12062,7 @@ specify that the counter will be used as a location number:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128">
\GlsAddXdyCounters{section}
</div>
-<!--l. 4940--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span
+<!--l. 4941--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\thechapter </span>is assumed to be the
standard <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\arabic{chapter}</span></span></span>):
@@ -12074,7 +12075,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\arabic{chapter}</span></span></span>):
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 4947--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span
+<!--l. 4948--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-47035"></a> package and want
to redefine <span
@@ -12087,7 +12088,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\theHsection </span>as:
\renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\thepart.\thesection}
&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\thepart}{\Roman{part}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4953--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span
+<!--l. 4954--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>code above to:
@@ -12098,7 +12099,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>code above to:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"]"&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 4959--><p class="nopar" > Since <span
+<!--l. 4960--><p class="nopar" > Since <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Roman</span><a
id="dx1-47036"></a> will result in an empty string if the counter is zero, it&#8217;s a
good idea to add an extra location to catch this:
@@ -12111,21 +12112,21 @@ good idea to add an extra location to catch this:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"]"&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 4966--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a
+<!--l. 4967--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a
href="#x1-6090r20"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samplexdy2.tex</span></a>.
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 4969--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4969--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4970--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4970--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
<a
id="x1-47037r16"></a>
-<!--l. 4971--><p class="noindent" ><span
+<!--l. 4972--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 16</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Locations as Words not Digits)</span><a
id="x1-47038"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4972--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits
+</p><!--l. 4973--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits
and I&#x00A0;use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">fmtcount</span><a
id="dx1-47039"></a> package to do this. I&#x00A0;can redefine <span
@@ -12139,7 +12140,7 @@ follows:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
\renewcommand*{\thepage}{\Numberstring{page}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4977--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 4978--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\protect</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">&#x00A0;\Numberstringnum</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">&#x00A0;</span></span></span><span
@@ -12162,7 +12163,7 @@ that has that form:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace"
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"\glsclosebrace"}
</div>
-<!--l. 4985--><p class="nopar" > Note that it&#8217;s necessary to use <span
+<!--l. 4986--><p class="nopar" > Note that it&#8217;s necessary to use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\space </span>to indicate that spaces also appear
in the format, since, unlike <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span>, <a
@@ -12171,7 +12172,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-47042"></a></a> doesn&#8217;t ignore spaces after control
sequences.
-</p><!--l. 4990--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 4991--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation{</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span
@@ -12182,7 +12183,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definition</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span>will define
commands in the form:
-</p><!--l. 4993--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 4994--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsX</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter</span><span
@@ -12200,7 +12201,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">location</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4994--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4995--><p class="noindent" >
for each counter that has been identified either by the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counter</span><a
id="dx1-47043"></a> package
@@ -12213,7 +12214,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossary</span><a
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><a
id="dx1-47045"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4999--><p class="indent" > The first argument <span
+</p><!--l. 5000--><p class="indent" > The first argument <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">Hprefix</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is only relevant when used with the
@@ -12272,12 +12273,12 @@ commands:
&#x00A0;<br />}
&#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[3]{\hyperlink{page.#3}{#1#2{#3}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5020--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 5021--><p class="nopar" > </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 5021--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5021--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 5023--><p class="indent" > In the <a
+<!--l. 5022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5022--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 5024--><p class="indent" > In the <a
id="dx1-47051"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-47052"></a></a>, the locations are sorted according to
@@ -12306,17 +12307,17 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><a
order in which they were defined), <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">see </span>(cross-referenced entries). This
ordering can be changed using:
-</p><!--l. 5039--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5040--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-47058"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5041--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 5042--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder{</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">location names</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5042--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5043--><p class="noindent" >
where each location name is delimited by double quote marks and
separated by white space. For example:
@@ -12335,8 +12336,8 @@ separated by white space. For example:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"see"
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 5056--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5058--><p class="indent" >
+<!--l. 5057--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5059--><p class="indent" >
<div class="important" title="Important Note">Note
that
<span
@@ -12367,8 +12368,8 @@ before
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-47061"></a>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5063--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5065--><p class="indent" > If a <a
+</p><!--l. 5064--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5066--><p class="indent" > If a <a
id="dx1-47062"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-47063"></a></a> consists of a sequence of consecutive numbers, the
@@ -12381,17 +12382,17 @@ using:
-</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5071--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-47064"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5072--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 5073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">n</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5073--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5074--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -12400,7 +12401,7 @@ For example:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{3}
</div>
-<!--l. 5077--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span
+<!--l. 5078--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">none</span>, to indicate that there
should be no range formations. See the <a
id="dx1-47065"></a><a
@@ -12408,7 +12409,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-47066"></a></a> manual for further details on
range formations.
-</p><!--l. 5082--><p class="indent" >
+</p><!--l. 5083--><p class="indent" >
<div class="important" title="Important Note">Note
that
<span
@@ -12439,15 +12440,15 @@ before
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-47069"></a>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5087--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5089--><p class="indent" > See <a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&#x00A7;5 </a><a
+</p><!--l. 5088--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5090--><p class="indent" > See <a
+href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a
href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further details.
</p>
-<!--l. 5092--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5093--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.3</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:groups"></a>Glossary Groups</h3>
-<!--l. 5095--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of
+<!--l. 5096--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of
the sort key. The <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package also adds a number group by
default, unless you suppress it in the <span
@@ -12464,23 +12465,23 @@ example:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
\usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 5101--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn&#8217;t go in one of the letter groups or the number group
+<!--l. 5102--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn&#8217;t go in one of the letter groups or the number group
is placed in the default group.
-</p><!--l. 5105--><p class="indent" > If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before
+</p><!--l. 5106--><p class="indent" > If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before
the &#8220;A&#8221; letter group. If you are not using a Roman alphabet, you can
change this using:
-</p><!--l. 5109--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5110--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-48002"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 5112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits{</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">letter</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5112--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5114--><p class="indent" >
+</p><!--l. 5113--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5115--><p class="indent" >
<div class="important" title="Important Note">Note
that
<span
@@ -12511,16 +12512,16 @@ before
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-48005"></a>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5119--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5121--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5122--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">12</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:newglossary"></a>Defining New Glossaries</h2>
A new glossary can be defined using:
-<!--l. 5125--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 5126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\newglossary</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-49001"></a> <span
@@ -12551,7 +12552,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5127--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5128--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span
@@ -12575,7 +12576,7 @@ counter to use for the associated <a
id="dx1-49002"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-49003"></a>s</a> (see also <a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&#x00A7;5 </a><a
+href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a
href="#sec:numberlists">Number
lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>). The first optional argument specifies the extension for the
<a
@@ -12593,7 +12594,7 @@ href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-49009"></a></a> which picks up the information from the auxiliary
file).
-</p><!--l. 5139--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created
+</p><!--l. 5140--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created
as:
@@ -12602,7 +12603,7 @@ as:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
\newglossary{main}{gls}{glo}{\glossaryname}
</div>
-<!--l. 5142--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span
+<!--l. 5143--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">main </span>(unless the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nomain</span><a
id="dx1-49010"></a> package
@@ -12617,7 +12618,7 @@ to:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">
\newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}
</div>
-<!--l. 5148--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span
+<!--l. 5149--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">acronym</span>. If you are not sure whether
the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a
@@ -12637,7 +12638,7 @@ need to declare it as a list of acronyms using the package option
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronymlists</span><a
id="dx1-49015"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5160--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbols</span><a
id="dx1-49016"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label
<span
@@ -12649,7 +12650,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">symbols </span>using:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
\newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}
</div>
-<!--l. 5163--><p class="nopar" > and the <span
+<!--l. 5164--><p class="nopar" > and the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">numbers</span><a
id="dx1-49017"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label
<span
@@ -12661,13 +12662,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">numbers </span>using:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
\newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}
</div>
-<!--l. 5168--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5170--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> All glossaries must be defined before <span
+<!--l. 5169--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5171--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> All glossaries must be defined before <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-49018"></a> to ensure that
the relevant output files are opened.
-</p><!--l. 5174--><p class="indent" > See <a
-href="#sec:fixednames">&#x00A7;1.2.1 </a><a
+</p><!--l. 5175--><p class="indent" > See <a
+href="#sec:fixednames">§1.2.1 </a><a
href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> if you want to redefine
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryname</span>, especially if you are using <span
@@ -12678,24 +12679,24 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translator</span><a
for <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssymbolsgroupname </span>and <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnumbersgroupname</span>.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 5178--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5179--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
<h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">13</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:acronyms"></a>Acronyms</h2>
-<!--l. 5183--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed in <a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">&#x00A7;4 </a><a
+<!--l. 5184--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed in <a
+href="#sec:newglosentry">§4 </a><a
href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a> that when you
specify a new entry, you can specify alternate text to use when the
term is <a
- id="dsec:intro"></a><a
+ id="dx1-50001"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first used</a> in the document. This provides a useful means to
define acronyms. For convenience, the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package defines the
command:
-</p><!--l. 5188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\newacronym</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50002"></a> <span
@@ -12717,8 +12718,8 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5190--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5192--><p class="indent" > This uses <span
+</p><!--l. 5191--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5193--><p class="indent" > This uses <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-50003"></a> to create an entry with the given label in
the glossary given by <span
@@ -12732,10 +12733,10 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">text</span><a
use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-50007"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">&#x00A7;6.1 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a
href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link
text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 5198--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span
+</p><!--l. 5199--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">{</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key-val list</span><span
@@ -12766,12 +12767,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">longplural</span><a
\newacronym[longplural={diagonal&#x00A0;matrices}]{dm}{DM}{diagonal
&#x00A0;<br />matrix}
</div>
-<!--l. 5207--><p class="nopar" > If the <a
+<!--l. 5208--><p class="nopar" > If the <a
id="dx1-50012"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;uses the plural form, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl{dm}</span></span></span> will display: diagonal
matrices (DMs).
-</p><!--l. 5212--><p class="indent" > The following package options are available to change the acronym
+</p><!--l. 5213--><p class="indent" > The following package options are available to change the acronym
style:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<span
@@ -12811,7 +12812,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144">
\let\acrfootnote\acrnolinkfootnote
</div>
- <!--l. 5229--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 5230--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a
@@ -12830,17 +12831,17 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">abbrv</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>for this
option to have an effect.)
- <!--l. 5238--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 5239--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="boldsc"></a>
- </p><!--l. 5239--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don&#8217;t support bold smallcaps, so you may need to redefine
+ </p><!--l. 5240--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don&#8217;t support bold smallcaps, so you may need to redefine
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnamefont</span><a
id="dx1-50020"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:printglossary">&#x00A7;10 </a><a
+href="#sec:printglossary">§10 </a><a
href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>) to switch to medium
weight if you are using a glossary style that displays entry names in
bold. </div>
- </p><!--l. 5244--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5245--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a
@@ -12858,13 +12859,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package doesn&#8217;t
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsmaller</span><a
id="dx1-50025"></a> nor does it load any package that does
so.
- <!--l. 5252--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you must make sure <span
+ <!--l. 5253--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you must make sure <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsmaller</span><a
id="dx1-50026"></a> is defined
(for example by loading <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">relsize</span><a
id="dx1-50027"></a>). </div>
- </p><!--l. 5255--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5256--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">dua</span><a
@@ -12878,26 +12879,26 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">text</span><a
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5262--><p class="indent" > If you want to define your own custom acronym style, see <a
-href="#sec:customacronym">&#x00A7;13.3 </a><a
+<!--l. 5263--><p class="indent" > If you want to define your own custom acronym style, see <a
+href="#sec:customacronym">§13.3 </a><a
href="#sec:customacronym">Defining
A Custom Acronym Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:customacronym --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5265--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you try using <span
+</p><!--l. 5266--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you try using <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-50031"></a> for entries in a designated list of
acronyms in combination with any of the above named package options
you may get unexpected results such as empty brackets or empty
footnotes.
-</p><!--l. 5271--><p class="indent" > If you don&#8217;t intend to use <span
+</p><!--l. 5272--><p class="indent" > If you don&#8217;t intend to use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-50032"></a> you should skip this section and
not use the above package options. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5273--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5275--><p class="indent" > As mentioned in <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">&#x00A7;2.2 </a><a
+</p><!--l. 5274--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5276--><p class="indent" > As mentioned in <a
+href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>, the
command <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymtype</span><a
@@ -12919,7 +12920,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">footnote</span><a
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a
id="dx1-50037"></a> work for the additional lists of
acronyms.
-</p><!--l. 5285--><p class="indent" >
+</p><!--l. 5286--><p class="indent" >
<div class="important" title="Important Note">Since
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span>
@@ -12983,7 +12984,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-50039"></a>.
See
<a
-href="#sec:loadglsentries">&#x00A7;4.6
+href="#sec:loadglsentries">§4.6
</a><a
href="#sec:loadglsentries">Loading
Entries
@@ -12991,8 +12992,8 @@ From
a
File<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:loadglsentries --></a>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5292--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5294--><p class="indent" > Since <span
+</p><!--l. 5293--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5295--><p class="indent" > Since <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-50040"></a> uses <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a
@@ -13004,11 +13005,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsreset</span><a
id="dx1-50043"></a> as with any other glossary entry.
<a
id="x1-50044r17"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5298--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 5299--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 17</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining an Acronym)</span><a
id="x1-50045"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5299--><p class="indent" > The following defines the acronym IDN:
+</p><!--l. 5300--><p class="indent" > The following defines the acronym IDN:
@@ -13016,7 +13017,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining an Acronym)</span><a
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145">
\newacronym{idn}{IDN}{identification&#x00A0;number}
</div>
-<!--l. 5302--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 5303--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce &#8220;identification number (IDN)&#8221; on <a
id="dx1-50046"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;and
@@ -13032,7 +13033,7 @@ form:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
\newacronym{idn}{idn}{identification&#x00A0;number}
</div>
-<!--l. 5309--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 5310--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce &#8220;identification number (<span
class="ec-lmcsc-10x-x-109">idn</span>)&#8221; on <a
id="dx1-50048"></a><a
@@ -13041,9 +13042,9 @@ use</a>&#x00A0;and &#8220;<span
class="ec-lmcsc-10x-x-109">IDN</span>&#8221; on subsequent uses. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 5313--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5313--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 5315--><p class="indent" > If you use any of the package options <span
+<!--l. 5314--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5314--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 5316--><p class="indent" > If you use any of the package options <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a
id="dx1-50049"></a>, <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a
@@ -13057,7 +13058,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">abbrv</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>will be displayed in the document
using:
-</p><!--l. 5318--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50053"></a> <span
@@ -13066,9 +13067,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5320--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5321--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 5322--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50054"></a> <span
@@ -13077,7 +13078,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5325--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\firstacronymfont </span>is applied on <a
id="dx1-50055"></a><a
@@ -13117,17 +13118,17 @@ emphasized on subsequent use, do:
&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{#1}
&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5341--><p class="nopar" > (Note that it is for this reason that the <span
+<!--l. 5342--><p class="nopar" > (Note that it is for this reason that the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">relsize</span><a
id="dx1-50062"></a> package is not automatically
loaded when selecting the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a
id="dx1-50063"></a> package option as it may not actually be
required.)
-</p><!--l. 5346--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to <span
+</p><!--l. 5347--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-50064"></a> (described in <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&#x00A7;6 </a><a
+href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a
href="#sec:glslink">Links to
Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>) that allow you to access just the short form, just the long
form or the full form, without affecting the <a
@@ -13137,7 +13138,7 @@ full form isn&#8217;t necessarily the same as the text produced on <a
id="dx1-50066"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first
use</a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5352--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrshort</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50067"></a> <span
@@ -13154,7 +13155,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5354--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5355--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the short form for the entry given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -13164,7 +13165,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-50068"></a>. There is also a starred
version to suppress the hyperlink. There are also analogous upper case
variants:
-</p><!--l. 5359--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5360--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrshort</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50069"></a> <span
@@ -13181,8 +13182,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5361--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5362--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRshort</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50070"></a> <span
@@ -13199,9 +13200,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5364--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5365--><p class="noindent" >
There are also plural versions:
-</p><!--l. 5366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrshortpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50071"></a> <span
@@ -13218,8 +13219,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5368--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5369--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrshortpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50072"></a> <span
@@ -13236,8 +13237,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5371--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5372--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRshortpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50073"></a> <span
@@ -13254,9 +13255,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5376--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the long form:
-</p><!--l. 5377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5375--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5377--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the long form:
+</p><!--l. 5378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrlong</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50074"></a> <span
@@ -13273,14 +13274,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5379--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5380--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the long form for the entry given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>. The optional
arguments are the same as before. There is also a starred version to
suppress the hyperlink. There are also analogous upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 5384--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrlong</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50075"></a> <span
@@ -13300,8 +13301,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5386--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5387--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5387--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRlong</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50076"></a> <span
@@ -13318,9 +13319,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5389--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5390--><p class="noindent" >
Again there are also plural versions:
-</p><!--l. 5391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrlongpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50077"></a> <span
@@ -13337,8 +13338,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5393--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5394--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5395--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrlongpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50078"></a> <span
@@ -13355,8 +13356,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5396--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5397--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRlongpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50079"></a> <span
@@ -13373,9 +13374,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5399--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5401--><p class="indent" > And for the full form:
-</p><!--l. 5402--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5400--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5402--><p class="indent" > And for the full form:
+</p><!--l. 5403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrfull</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50080"></a> <span
@@ -13392,7 +13393,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5404--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5405--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long</span><span
@@ -13405,7 +13406,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">short</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>) regardless of the package
options. This format can be changed by redefining:
-</p><!--l. 5408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5409--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrfullformat</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50082"></a> <span
@@ -13418,7 +13419,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">short</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5410--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5411--><p class="noindent" >
For example, to change <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acrfull </span>to produce <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont{</span><span
@@ -13438,9 +13439,9 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acrfullformat </span>as:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148">
\renewcommand{\acrfullformat}[2]{#2\space(#1)}
</div>
-<!--l. 5416--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5418--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 5419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 5417--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5419--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants:
+</p><!--l. 5420--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrfull</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50083"></a> <span
@@ -13457,8 +13458,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5421--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5422--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5423--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRfull</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50084"></a> <span
@@ -13475,9 +13476,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5424--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5425--><p class="noindent" >
As before there are also plural versions:
-</p><!--l. 5426--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5427--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrfullpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50085"></a> <span
@@ -13494,8 +13495,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5428--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5429--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5429--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrfullpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50086"></a> <span
@@ -13512,8 +13513,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5431--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5432--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRfullpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50087"></a> <span
@@ -13530,8 +13531,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5434--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5436--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use
+</p><!--l. 5435--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5437--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use
the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">shortcuts</span><a
id="dx1-50088"></a> package option to activate the shorter command names listed
@@ -13540,7 +13541,7 @@ href="#x1-500891">table&#x00A0;13.1</a>.
-</p><!--l. 5440--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 5441--><p class="indent" > <a
id="x1-500891"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -13694,16 +13695,16 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glspl</span><a
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
-<!--l. 5466--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without
+<!--l. 5467--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without
adding information to the glossary using commands analogous to
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrytext</span><a
id="dx1-50123"></a> (described in <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&#x00A7;9 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a
href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without
Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 5470--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using:
-</p><!--l. 5471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5471--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using:
+</p><!--l. 5472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50124"></a> <span
@@ -13712,9 +13713,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5473--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5474--><p class="noindent" >
or, with the first letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 5475--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5476--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50125"></a> <span
@@ -13723,9 +13724,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5477--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5478--><p class="noindent" >
Plural forms:
-</p><!--l. 5479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5480--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50126"></a> <span
@@ -13734,8 +13735,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5481--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5482--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5483--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50127"></a> <span
@@ -13744,9 +13745,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5484--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5486--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form:
-</p><!--l. 5487--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5485--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5487--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form:
+</p><!--l. 5488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50128"></a> <span
@@ -13755,9 +13756,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5489--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5490--><p class="noindent" >
or, with the first letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 5491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryshort</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50129"></a> <span
@@ -13766,9 +13767,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5493--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5494--><p class="noindent" >
Plural forms:
-</p><!--l. 5495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5496--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryshortpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50130"></a> <span
@@ -13777,8 +13778,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5498--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryshortpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50131"></a> <span
@@ -13787,15 +13788,15 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5500--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5502--><p class="indent" > And the full form, <span
+</p><!--l. 5501--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5503--><p class="indent" > And the full form, <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>(<span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">short</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>), can be obtained using:
-</p><!--l. 5504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5505--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50132"></a> <span
@@ -13804,8 +13805,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5506--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50133"></a> <span
@@ -13814,8 +13815,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5510--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50134"></a> <span
@@ -13824,8 +13825,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5512--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5513--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5514--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-50135"></a> <span
@@ -13834,7 +13835,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5515--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5516--><p class="noindent" >
@@ -13844,11 +13845,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acrfullformat</span><a
</p>
<h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:predefinedacrstyles"></a>Predefined Acronym Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 5521--><p class="noindent" >Some of the acronym-related package options may be combined. Listed
+<!--l. 5522--><p class="noindent" >Some of the acronym-related package options may be combined. Listed
below are the effects of different combinations. If you use an invalid
combination, you&#8217;ll get an error message. If none of these styles suit your
requirements, see <a
-href="#sec:customacronym">&#x00A7;13.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:customacronym">§13.3 </a><a
href="#sec:customacronym">Defining A Custom Acronym Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:customacronym --></a> to create your
own custom style.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -13963,7 +13964,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
- <!--l. 5563--><p class="noindent" >Note that with this option, you need to specify the description using
+ <!--l. 5564--><p class="noindent" >Note that with this option, you need to specify the description using
the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a
id="dx1-51017"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
@@ -14004,7 +14005,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
Acronyms will be sorted according to the short form.
- <!--l. 5578--><p class="noindent" >Note that on <a
+ <!--l. 5579--><p class="noindent" >Note that on <a
id="dx1-51021"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, it is the long form in the footnote that links to
the relevant glossary entry (where hyperlinks are enabled), whereas
@@ -14017,7 +14018,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, it is the long form in the footnote that lin
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">
\let\acrfootnote\acrnolinkfootnote
</div>
- <!--l. 5584--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 5585--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a
@@ -14059,17 +14060,17 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a
id="dx1-51027"></a> is set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsc{#1}</span></span></span>.
- <!--l. 5598--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the acronym is displayed using <span
+ <!--l. 5599--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the acronym is displayed using <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsc</span><a
id="dx1-51028"></a>, the short
form, <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">abbrv</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>, should be specified in lower case.
- </p><!--l. 5604--><p class="noindent" >See also the <a
+ </p><!--l. 5605--><p class="noindent" >See also the <a
href="#boldsc">earlier note</a> regarding combining bold and smallcaps.
</div>
- </p><!--l. 5606--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5607--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a
@@ -14117,7 +14118,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsmaller{#1}</span></span></span>.<span class="foo
href="#fn1x15" id="fn1x15-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-51036f1"></a>
The entries will be sorted according to the short form.
- <!--l. 5624--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to load a package that defines <span
+ <!--l. 5625--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to load a package that defines <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsmaller</span><a
id="dx1-51040"></a> (such
as <span
@@ -14130,7 +14131,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a
- </p><!--l. 5628--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5629--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<span
class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">None of the above</span> </dt><dd
@@ -14169,12 +14170,12 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
Entries will be sorted according to the short form.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5644--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 5645--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5644--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5645--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:disploa"></a>Displaying the List of Acronyms</h3>
-<!--l. 5647--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be
+<!--l. 5648--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be
displayed on its own using </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -14217,9 +14218,9 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span>
</div>
</div> See <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">&#x00A7;2.5 </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.5 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>.)
-<!--l. 5664--><p class="indent" > However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that&#8217;s
+<!--l. 5665--><p class="indent" > However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that&#8217;s
appropriate to your acronym style. The different acronym-related package
options store different information in the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a
@@ -14229,7 +14230,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a
id="dx1-52010"></a>
keys.
-</p><!--l. 5669--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 5670--><p class="indent" > <a
href="#x1-520182">Table&#x00A0;13.2</a> lists the package options that govern the acronym styles and
how the information is stored in the keys used when displaying the
glossary. Note that the <span
@@ -14238,7 +14239,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a
command in the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a
id="dx1-52012"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 5673--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5674--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrnameformat</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-52013"></a> <span
@@ -14251,14 +14252,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5675--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5676--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to just <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont{</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">abbrv</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5678--><p class="indent" > For example, if I use the package options <span
+</p><!--l. 5679--><p class="indent" > For example, if I use the package options <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a
id="dx1-52014"></a> and <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">footnote</span><a
@@ -14285,13 +14286,13 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">location list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
Alternatively, you can define your own custom style (see <a
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle">&#x00A7;16 </a><a
+href="#sec:newglossarystyle">§16 </a><a
href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your
own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a> for further details).
-</p><!--l. 5689--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 5690--><p class="indent" > <a
id="x1-520182"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -14304,7 +14305,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym </span>and how the
information is stored</td></tr></table></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-520182 -->
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 5693--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 5694--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-8" class="tabular"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"
@@ -14478,20 +14479,20 @@ class="td11"> </td></tr></table>
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
-<!--l. 5734--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5735--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:customacronym"></a>Defining A Custom Acronym Style</h3>
-<!--l. 5737--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the
+<!--l. 5738--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package don&#8217;t suit your requirements. In this case you
can define your own style. This is done by redefining the following
commands:
-</p><!--l. 5741--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5742--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\CustomAcronymFields</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-53001"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5743--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5744--><p class="noindent" >
This command sets up the keys for <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-53002"></a> when you
@@ -14525,7 +14526,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a
id="dx1-53013"></a> keys depending on your
requirements.
-</p><!--l. 5754--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5755--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-53014"></a> <span
@@ -14534,7 +14535,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">type</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5756--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5757--><p class="noindent" >
This is used to set up the display style for the glossary given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">type</span><span
@@ -14542,21 +14543,21 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
This should typically just use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-53015"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5760--><p class="indent" > Once you have redefined <span
+</p><!--l. 5761--><p class="indent" > Once you have redefined <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields </span>and
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span>, you must then switch to this style using
-</p><!--l. 5762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\SetCustomStyle</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-53016"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomStyle </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5764--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5765--><p class="noindent" >
Note that you may still use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">shortcuts</span><a
id="dx1-53017"></a> package option with your custom
style.
-</p><!--l. 5768--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you omit <span
+</p><!--l. 5769--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you omit <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomStyle</span>, or use it before you redefine
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields </span>and <span
@@ -14569,14 +14570,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-53019"></a> if you want to use acronym styles.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5775--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5776--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="x1-53020r18"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5777--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 5778--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 18</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining a Custom Acronym Style)</span><a
id="x1-53021"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5778--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want my acronym on <a
+</p><!--l. 5779--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want my acronym on <a
id="dx1-53022"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> to have the short form
in the text and the long form with the description in a footnote.
@@ -14633,7 +14634,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">description</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-</p><!--l. 5799--><p class="indent" > First, I need to redefine <span
+</p><!--l. 5800--><p class="indent" > First, I need to redefine <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields</span><a
id="dx1-53027"></a> so that
<span
@@ -14658,7 +14659,7 @@ define a custom glossary style that uses <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryshort</span><a
id="dx1-53035"></a> to access the
short form. See <a
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle">&#x00A7;16 </a><a
+href="#sec:newglossarystyle">§16 </a><a
href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a> for further
details).
@@ -14673,8 +14674,8 @@ details).
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={\textsc{\the\glsshorttok}\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix}%
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 5816--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5818--><p class="indent" > When using <span
+<!--l. 5817--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5819--><p class="indent" > When using <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-53036"></a>, the short and long forms are stored in the
<span
@@ -14692,7 +14693,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrylong</span><a
id="dx1-53042"></a> to
access the long form. Recall from <a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">&#x00A7;6.1 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a
href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link
text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>, that the optional argument to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
@@ -14712,8 +14713,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span><a
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\footnote{\glsentrylong{\glslabel}}}}%
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 5832--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5834--><p class="indent" > Now that I&#8217;ve redefined <span
+<!--l. 5833--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5835--><p class="indent" > Now that I&#8217;ve redefined <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields</span><a
id="dx1-53045"></a> and
<span
@@ -14726,7 +14727,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span><a
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
\SetCustomStyle
</div>
-<!--l. 5838--><p class="nopar" > and now I can define my acronyms:
+<!--l. 5839--><p class="nopar" > and now I can define my acronyms:
@@ -14739,8 +14740,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span><a
&#x00A0;<br />layout&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;document&#x00A0;written&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}]{css}
&#x00A0;<br />{css}{Cascading&#x00A0;Style&#x00A0;Sheet}
</div>
-<!--l. 5848--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5850--><p class="indent" > If I want to use the <span
+<!--l. 5849--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5851--><p class="indent" > If I want to use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-53047"></a> package with this document, it can cause a
problem on <a
@@ -14766,8 +14767,8 @@ preamble I have:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;hyperfirst=false%&#x00A0;don&#8217;t&#x00A0;hyperlink&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;use
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;]{glossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 5865--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5867--><p class="indent" > Note that I haven&#8217;t used the <span
+<!--l. 5866--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5868--><p class="indent" > Note that I haven&#8217;t used the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a
id="dx1-53051"></a> or <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">footnote</span><a
@@ -14778,14 +14779,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span></a> illustrates this
</p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 5871--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5871--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 5873--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 5872--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5872--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 5874--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5873--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5874--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.4</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:oldacronym"></a>Upgrading From the glossary Package</h3>
-<!--l. 5876--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span
+<!--l. 5877--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary</span><a
id="dx1-54001"></a> package may recall that the syntax used to
define new acronyms has changed with the replacement <span
@@ -14801,13 +14802,13 @@ when defining the acronym <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">acr-name</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5882--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span
+</p><!--l. 5883--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span>
package<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x15" id="fn2x15-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-54003f2"></a>
provides the command:
-</p><!--l. 5885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\oldacronym</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-54004"></a> <span
@@ -14829,7 +14830,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key-val list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5887--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5888--><p class="noindent" >
This uses the same syntax as the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary</span><a
id="dx1-54005"></a> package&#8217;s method of defining
@@ -14911,7 +14912,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-54012"></a> or <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Gls</span><a
id="dx1-54013"></a> to change the settings.
-</p><!--l. 5904--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
+</p><!--l. 5905--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;ignores spaces following command
names consisting of alphabetical characters. This is also true for <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\</span><span
@@ -14925,10 +14926,10 @@ are some issues with using <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xspace</span><a
id="dx1-54015"></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn3x15" id="fn3x15-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span></div>
-</p><!--l. 5910--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5911--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="x1-54016f3"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5914--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5915--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package doesn&#8217;t load the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xspace</span><a
id="dx1-54017"></a> package since there are
@@ -14958,7 +14959,7 @@ optional argument to insert text (you will have to explicitly use
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-54022"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 5925--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym &#8220;abc&#8221; as follows:
+</p><!--l. 5926--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym &#8220;abc&#8221; as follows:
@@ -14966,7 +14967,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155">
\oldacronym{abc}{example&#x00A0;acronym}{}
</div>
-<!--l. 5929--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span
+<!--l. 5930--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\abc </span>and its starred version <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\abc*</span>.
<a
@@ -14982,7 +14983,7 @@ argument from being recognised.
-</p><!--l. 5937--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 5938--><p class="indent" > <a
id="x1-540253"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -15050,7 +15051,7 @@ class="td11"> abc&#8217;s xyz </td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5958--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">14</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:glsunset"></a>Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</h2>
When using <span
@@ -15069,7 +15070,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">text</span><a
id="dx1-55005"></a> key, even though you haven&#8217;t used the
glossary entry. The former can be achieved by one of the following
commands:
-<!--l. 5966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 5967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsreset</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-55006"></a> <span
@@ -15078,8 +15079,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5968--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslocalreset</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-55007"></a> <span
@@ -15088,9 +15089,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5971--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5972--><p class="noindent" >
while the latter can be achieved by one of the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 5973--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsunset</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-55008"></a> <span
@@ -15099,8 +15100,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5975--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5976--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-55009"></a> <span
@@ -15109,10 +15110,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5978--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5979--><p class="noindent" >
You can also reset or unset all entries for a given glossary or list of
glossaries using:
-</p><!--l. 5981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsresetall</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-55010"></a> <span
@@ -15121,8 +15122,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5983--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5984--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslocalresetall</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-55011"></a> <span
@@ -15131,8 +15132,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5986--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5987--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5987--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5988--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsunsetall</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-55012"></a> <span
@@ -15141,8 +15142,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5989--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5990--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5990--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5991--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslocalunsetall</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-55013"></a> <span
@@ -15151,7 +15152,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5992--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5993--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span
@@ -15165,11 +15166,11 @@ in the main glossary and the list of acronyms:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
\glsresetall[main,acronym]
</div>
-<!--l. 5999--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6001--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry&#8217;s <a
+<!--l. 6000--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6002--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry&#8217;s <a
id="dx1-55014"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is set using:
-</p><!--l. 6002--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6003--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-55015"></a> <span
@@ -15186,7 +15187,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6004--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6005--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -15205,7 +15206,7 @@ done.
</p>
<h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">15</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:styles"></a>Glossary Styles</h2>
-<!--l. 6013--><p class="noindent" >Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse
+<!--l. 6014--><p class="noindent" >Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse
description to lists of terms or phrases with lengthy descriptions.
Some glossaries may have terms with associated symbols. Some
may have hierarchical entries. There is therefore no single style
@@ -15214,12 +15215,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package comes with
a number of pre-defined glossary styles, and you need to choose
one that best suits your type of glossary. There is a summary of
available styles in <a
-href="#x1-560041">table&#x00A0;15.1</a>. If none of them suit your document, you
+href="#sec:liststyles">table&#x00A0;15.1</a>. If none of them suit your document, you
can defined your own style (see <a
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle">&#x00A7;16 </a><a
+href="#sec:newglossarystyle">§16 </a><a
href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary
style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 6024--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level&#x00A0;0 (main) and
+</p><!--l. 6025--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level&#x00A0;0 (main) and
level&#x00A0;1 entries. See the package options <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">entrycounter</span><a
id="dx1-56001"></a>, <span
@@ -15228,13 +15229,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counterwithin</span><a
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">subentrycounter</span><a
id="dx1-56003"></a> described in <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">&#x00A7;2.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6030--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="x1-560041"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
+</p><!--l. 6031--><p class="indent" > <a
+ id="sec:liststyles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -15421,13 +15422,13 @@ class="td11"> </td></tr></table></div>
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
-<!--l. 6070--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span
+<!--l. 6071--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a
id="dx1-56011"></a> key in the optional argument
to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossary</span><a
id="dx1-56012"></a> or using the command:
-</p><!--l. 6072--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-56013"></a> <span
@@ -15436,14 +15437,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">style-name</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6074--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6075--><p class="noindent" >
Some of the glossary styles may also be set using the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a
id="dx1-56014"></a> package option,
it depends if the package in which they are defined is automatically loaded
by the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package.
-</p><!--l. 6079--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions
+</p><!--l. 6080--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions
and page lists use the length <span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
@@ -15477,7 +15478,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newline</span><a
id="dx1-56025"></a>
instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\\</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 6097--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span
+</p><!--l. 6098--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a
id="dx1-56026"></a> key in the optional argument to
<span
@@ -15492,7 +15493,7 @@ glossary, so if, for example, you do
\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
&#x00A0;<br />\printglossary[style=long]
</div>
-<!--l. 6104--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span
+<!--l. 6105--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip</span><a
id="dx1-56028"></a> will not have an affect for this
glossary, as <span
@@ -15510,7 +15511,7 @@ again
\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
&#x00A0;<br />\setglossarystyle{long}
</div>
-<!--l. 6112--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span
+<!--l. 6113--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip </span>back to its default definition for the named
glossary style (<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">long</span><a
@@ -15529,22 +15530,22 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setglossarystyle</span><a
\setglossarystyle{long}
&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
</div>
-<!--l. 6121--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span
+<!--l. 6122--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nogroupskip</span><a
id="dx1-56033"></a> to
suppress the gap between groups for the default styles instead of redefining
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6126--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the
+</p><!--l. 6127--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listdotted</span><a
id="dx1-56034"></a> style use the command
-</p><!--l. 6128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6129--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-56035"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspostdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6130--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6131--><p class="noindent" >
after the description. This simply displays a full stop by default. To
eliminate this full stop (or replace it with something else, say, a comma)
you will need to redefine <span
@@ -15553,14 +15554,14 @@ displayed. Alternatively, you can suppress it for a given entry by placing
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc</span><a
id="dx1-56036"></a> in the entry&#8217;s description.
-</p><!--l. 6137--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span
+</p><!--l. 6138--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nopostdot</span><a
id="dx1-56037"></a> to
suppress this full stop.
</p>
<h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:liststyles"></a>List Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 6143--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
+<!--l. 6144--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-list</span><a
id="dx1-57001"></a>. Since they all use the <span
@@ -15622,12 +15623,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listgroup</span><a
class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;to ensure the group information is
up to date. In the navigation line, each group is separated
by
- <!--l. 6168--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 6169--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glshypernavsep</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-57017"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glshypernavsep </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6170--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6171--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to a vertical bar with a space on either side.
For example, to simply have a space separating each group,
do:
@@ -15638,8 +15639,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glshypernavsep </span></div><hr>
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
\renewcommand*{\glshypernavsep}{\space}
</div>
- <!--l. 6175--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 6177--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set
+ <!--l. 6176--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 6178--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set
inside the optional argument to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\item</span><a
id="dx1-57018"></a> instead of after it to prevent a
@@ -15703,12 +15704,12 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\item[]</span></span></span>, followed by the name fol
id="dx1-57032"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
id="dx1-57033"></a></a> and the symbol. The length
- <!--l. 6202--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 6203--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-57034"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslistdottedwidth </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6204--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6205--><p class="noindent" >
governs where the description should start. This is a flat style, so
child entries are formatted in the same way as the parent
entries.
@@ -15726,12 +15727,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listdotted</span><a
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listdotted</span><a
id="dx1-57036"></a>.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6215--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6216--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6215--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6216--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.2</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:longstyles"></a>Longtable Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 6218--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
+<!--l. 6219--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-long</span><a
id="dx1-58001"></a>. Since they all use the <span
@@ -15747,7 +15748,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nostyles</span><a
id="dx1-58005"></a> package options. These styles fully justify the description and
page list columns. If you want ragged right formatting instead, use
the analogous styles described in <a
-href="#sec:longraggedstyles">&#x00A7;15.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§15.3 </a><a
href="#sec:longraggedstyles">Longtable Styles (Ragged
Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longraggedstyles --></a>.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -15941,12 +15942,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">altlong4colheaderborder</span><a
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">long4colheaderborder</span><a
id="dx1-58049"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page
lists.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6311--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6312--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6311--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6312--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.3</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:longraggedstyles"></a>Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</h3>
-<!--l. 6314--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
+<!--l. 6315--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-longragged</span><a
id="dx1-59001"></a>. These styles are analogous to those defined in
@@ -15975,7 +15976,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-longragged</span><a
\usepackage{glossaries}
&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
</div>
-<!--l. 6326--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can&#8217;t set these styles using the <span
+<!--l. 6327--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can&#8217;t set these styles using the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a
id="dx1-59008"></a> package option since
the styles aren&#8217;t defined until after the <span
@@ -16127,15 +16128,15 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">altlongragged4colheader</span><a
id="dx1-59040"></a>
but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6398--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6399--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6398--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6399--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.4</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:superstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 6401--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
+<!--l. 6402--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-super</span><a
id="dx1-60001"></a>. Since they all use the <span
@@ -16161,7 +16162,7 @@ href="#fn3x17" id="fn3x17-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-60010f3"></a>
These styles fully justify the description and page list columns. If you want
ragged right formatting instead, use the analogous styles described in <a
-href="#sec:superraggedstyles">&#x00A7;15.5
+href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§15.5
</a><a
href="#sec:superraggedstyles">Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:superraggedstyles --></a>.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -16359,12 +16360,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">altsuper4colheaderborder</span><a
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">super4colheaderborder</span><a
id="dx1-60055"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page
lists.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6497--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6498--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6497--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6498--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.5</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:superraggedstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</h3>
-<!--l. 6500--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
+<!--l. 6501--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-superragged</span><a
id="dx1-61001"></a>. These styles are analogous to those defined in
@@ -16393,7 +16394,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-superragged</span><a
\usepackage{glossaries}
&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-superragged}
</div>
-<!--l. 6512--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can&#8217;t set these styles using the <span
+<!--l. 6513--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can&#8217;t set these styles using the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a
id="dx1-61008"></a> package option since
the styles aren&#8217;t defined until after the <span
@@ -16548,12 +16549,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">altsuperragged4colheader</span><a
id="dx1-61041"></a> but has horizontal and
vertical lines around it.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6585--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6586--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6585--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6586--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.6</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:treestyles"></a>Tree-Like Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 6588--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
+<!--l. 6589--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-tree</span><a
id="dx1-62001"></a>. These styles are designed for hierarchical glossaries but can
@@ -16697,7 +16698,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">tree</span><a
id="dx1-62032"></a> style except that the
indentation for each level is determined by the width of the text
specified by
- <!--l. 6648--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 6649--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-62033"></a> <span
@@ -16710,7 +16711,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6650--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6651--><p class="noindent" >
The optional argument <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">level</span><span
@@ -16723,7 +16724,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">level</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is omitted, 0 is
assumed.
- </p><!--l. 6657--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph
+ </p><!--l. 6658--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph
block containing the symbol (optional) and the description. If
the symbol is present, it is placed in parentheses before the
description.
@@ -16749,15 +16750,15 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">alttreegroup</span><a
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listhypergroup</span><a
id="dx1-62038"></a>, described above.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6672--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6673--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6672--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6673--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.7</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:mcolstyles"></a>Multicols Style</h3>
-<!--l. 6675--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 6676--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-mcols</span><a
id="dx1-63001"></a> package provides tree-like styles that are in the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">multicols</span><a
@@ -16767,7 +16768,7 @@ environment (defined by the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">multicol</span><a
id="dx1-63004"></a> package). The style names are as their
analogous tree styles (as defined in <a
-href="#sec:treestyles">&#x00A7;15.6 </a><a
+href="#sec:treestyles">§15.6 </a><a
href="#sec:treestyles">Tree-Like Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:treestyles --></a>) but are prefixed
with &#8220;mcol&#8221;. For example, the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">mcolindex</span><a
@@ -16780,7 +16781,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">multicols</span><a
id="dx1-63008"></a> environment. For the complete list, see
<a
href="#x1-630122">table&#x00A0;15.2</a>.
-</p><!--l. 6683--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 6684--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-mcols</span><a
id="dx1-63009"></a> is not loaded by <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span>. If you want to
@@ -16790,14 +16791,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\usepackage </span>and set the required glossary style
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setglossarystyle</span><a
id="dx1-63010"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6688--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6690--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining
-</p><!--l. 6691--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6689--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6691--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining
+</p><!--l. 6692--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsmcols</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-63011"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsmcols </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6693--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6694--><p class="noindent" >
to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary:
@@ -16808,11 +16809,11 @@ to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary:
&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsmcols}{3}
&#x00A0;<br />\setglossarystyle{mcolindex}
</div>
-<!--l. 6699--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 6700--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6701--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 6702--><p class="indent" > <a
id="x1-630122"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -16931,10 +16932,10 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">alttreehypergroup</span><a
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
-<!--l. 6725--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6726--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.8</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:inline"></a>In-Line Style</h3>
-<!--l. 6728--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span
+<!--l. 6729--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-inline</span><a
id="dx1-64001"></a> package that supplies the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inline</span><a
@@ -16945,7 +16946,7 @@ styles, such as lists or tables). This style doesn&#8217;t display the <a
href="#glo:numberlist">number
list<a
id="dx1-64004"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6733--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span
+</p><!--l. 6734--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarysection</span><a
id="dx1-64005"></a> with this style.
For example, suppose you are required to have your glossaries and list of
@@ -16959,8 +16960,8 @@ acronyms in a footnote, you can do:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\textbf{#1}:&#x00A0;}
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\setglossarystyle{inline}
</div>
-<!--l. 6741--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6743--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span
+<!--l. 6742--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6744--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-inline</span><a
id="dx1-64006"></a> with <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\usepackage </span>as it&#8217;s
@@ -16969,8 +16970,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package and then set the style
using <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setglossarystyle</span><a
id="dx1-64007"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6748--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6750--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can
+</p><!--l. 6749--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6751--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can
do:
@@ -16979,58 +16980,58 @@ do:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
\footnote{\printglossaries}
</div>
-<!--l. 6753--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6755--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<!--l. 6754--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6756--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inline</span><a
id="dx1-64008"></a> style is governed by the following:
-</p><!--l. 6756--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsinlineseparator</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-64009"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsinlineseparator</span><a
id="dx1-64010"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6758--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6759--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to &#8220;<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">; </span>&#8221; and is used between main (i.e.&#x00A0;level&#x00A0;0) entries.
-</p><!--l. 6761--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-64011"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><a
id="dx1-64012"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6763--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6764--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to &#8220;<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">, </span>&#8221; and is used between sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 6766--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6767--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-64013"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><a
id="dx1-64014"></a>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6768--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6769--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to &#8220;<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">: </span>&#8221; and is used between a parent main entry and its first
sub-entry.
-</p><!--l. 6771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6772--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspostinline</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-64015"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspostinline</span><a
id="dx1-64016"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6773--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6774--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to &#8220;<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">; </span>&#8221; and is used at the end of the glossary.
</p>
-<!--l. 6777--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6778--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">16</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:newglossarystyle"></a>Defining your own glossary style</h2>
If the predefined styles don&#8217;t fit your requirements, you can define your
own style using:
-<!--l. 6782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 6783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65001"></a> <span
@@ -17044,7 +17045,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definitions</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6785--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span
@@ -17055,7 +17056,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definitions</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>needs to redefine
all of the following:
-</p><!--l. 6789--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6790--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">theglossary</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65002"></a><a
@@ -17063,7 +17064,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">theglossary</span><a
id="dx1-65004"></a><a
id="dx1-65005"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6791--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6792--><p class="noindent" >
This environment defines how the main body of the glossary should be
typeset. Note that this does not include the section heading, the glossary
preamble (defined by <span
@@ -17085,12 +17086,12 @@ to begin and end the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a
id="dx1-65013"></a><a
id="dx1-65014"></a> environment.
-</p><!--l. 6800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6801--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossaryheader</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65015"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryheader </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6802--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6803--><p class="noindent" >
This macro indicates what to do at the start of the main body of the
glossary. Note that this is not the same as <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarypreamble</span><a
@@ -17106,7 +17107,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">longheader</span><a
id="dx1-65019"></a> glossary style redefines <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryheader </span>to do a header
row.
-</p><!--l. 6810--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6811--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsgroupheading</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65020"></a> <span
@@ -17115,7 +17116,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6812--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6813--><p class="noindent" >
This macro indicates what to do at the start of each logical block within
the main body of the glossary. If you use <a
id="dx1-65021"></a><a
@@ -17137,11 +17138,11 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-65027"></a></a>, the sub-divisions depend on the
language settings.
-</p><!--l. 6823--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span
+</p><!--l. 6824--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupheading </span>is a label <span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">not </span>the group
title. The group title can be obtained via
-</p><!--l. 6826--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65028"></a> <span
@@ -17150,7 +17151,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6829--><p class="noindent" >
This obtains the title as follows: if <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -17190,15 +17191,15 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>may be an active character
-(for example ø), in which case the title will be set to just <span
+(for example ø), in which case the title will be set to just <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
You can redefine <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgetgrouptitle </span>if this is unsuitable for your
document.
-</p><!--l. 6842--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using
-</p><!--l. 6843--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6843--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using
+</p><!--l. 6844--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65033"></a> <span
@@ -17211,12 +17212,12 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6845--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6846--><p class="noindent" >
For further details about <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnavhypertarget</span>, see the documented code
(<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
-</p><!--l. 6850--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span
+</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupheading</span>
to simply ignore its argument. The <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listhypergroup</span><a
@@ -17231,19 +17232,19 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupheading </span>as follows:
\renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
&#x00A0;<br />\item[\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]}
</div>
-<!--l. 6856--><p class="nopar" > See also <span
+<!--l. 6857--><p class="nopar" > See also <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip </span>below. (Note that command definitions within
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossarystyle</span><a
id="dx1-65035"></a> must use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">##1</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">#1</span></span></span> etc.)
-</p><!--l. 6860--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65036"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6862--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6863--><p class="noindent" >
This macro determines what to do after one logical group but before the
header for the next logical group. The <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a
@@ -17254,11 +17255,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\indexspace</span><a
id="dx1-65038"></a>, whereas the tabular-like styles redefine
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip </span>to produce a blank row.
-</p><!--l. 6869--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span
+</p><!--l. 6870--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nogroupskip</span><a
id="dx1-65039"></a> can be used to
suppress this default gap for the predefined styles.
-</p><!--l. 6872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossentry</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65040"></a> <span
@@ -17271,7 +17272,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6874--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6875--><p class="noindent" >
This macro indicates what to do for each level&#x00A0;0 glossary entry. The entry
label is given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -17318,10 +17319,10 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>.
(See <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&#x00A7;9 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a
href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> for further details.) You can
also use the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 6885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryitem</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65048"></a> <span
@@ -17330,7 +17331,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6887--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6888--><p class="noindent" >
This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the main
(level&#x00A0;0) entries if the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">entrycounter</span><a
@@ -17342,18 +17343,18 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentry</span>
before <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstarget</span>. The format of the counter is controlled by the
macro
-</p><!--l. 6893--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrycounterlabel</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65051"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6897--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks
+</p><!--l. 6896--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6898--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks
are enabled) to the relevant line in the glossary. Your new glossary style
must therefore redefine <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentry </span>to set the appropriate target. This is
done using
-</p><!--l. 6902--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glstarget</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65052"></a> <span
@@ -17366,7 +17367,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6904--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6905--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -17380,7 +17381,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstarget </span>won&#8217;t create
a target if <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hypertarget </span>hasn&#8217;t been defined.
-</p><!--l. 6910--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span
+</p><!--l. 6911--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a
id="dx1-65054"></a> style defines <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentry </span>as follows:
@@ -17394,12 +17395,12 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentry </span>as follows:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space&#x00A0;##2}
</div>
-<!--l. 6916--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6918--><p class="indent" > Note also that <span
+<!--l. 6917--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="indent" > Note also that <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>will always be of the form
-</p><!--l. 6920--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 6921--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a
id="dx1-65055"></a><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">{\relax</span><br
@@ -17424,7 +17425,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number(s)</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6922--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6923--><p class="noindent" >
where <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number(s)</span><span
@@ -17473,7 +17474,7 @@ worry about whether the user has specified the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nonumberlist</span><a
id="dx1-65064"></a> package
option.
-</p><!--l. 6939--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\subglossentry</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65065"></a> <span
@@ -17491,7 +17492,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6942--><p class="noindent" >
This is used to display sub-entries. The first argument, <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">level</span><span
@@ -17501,7 +17502,7 @@ The remaining arguments are analogous to those for <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentry</span><a
id="dx1-65066"></a>
described above.
-</p><!--l. 6948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6949--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65067"></a> <span
@@ -17510,7 +17511,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6951--><p class="noindent" >
This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the
level&#x00A0;1 entries if the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">subentrycounter</span><a
@@ -17520,13 +17521,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\subglossentry </span>before <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstarget</span><a
id="dx1-65069"></a>. The
format of the counter is controlled by the macro
-</p><!--l. 6956--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssubentrycounterlabel</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65070"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssubentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6958--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6960--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 6959--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6961--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossary</span><a
id="dx1-65071"></a> (which <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries</span><a
@@ -17534,26 +17535,26 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries</span><a
-</p><!--l. 6962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\currentglossary</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-65073"></a> <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\currentglossary </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6964--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6965--><p class="noindent" >
to the current glossary label, so it&#8217;s possible to create a glossary style that
varies according to the glossary type.
-</p><!--l. 6968--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see &#8220;Displaying the glossary&#8221; in
+</p><!--l. 6969--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see &#8220;Displaying the glossary&#8221; in
the documented code (<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
<a
id="x1-65074r19"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6972--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 6973--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 19</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Creating a completely new style)</span><a
id="x1-65075"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6974--><p class="indent" > If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the
+</p><!--l. 6975--><p class="indent" > If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the
commands and the environment listed above.
-</p><!--l. 6977--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point.
+</p><!--l. 6978--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point.
This means that the glossary should be placed in the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">itemize</span><a
id="dx1-65076"></a><a
@@ -17608,7 +17609,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">mylist</span>, as follows:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentry{##2}{##3}}%
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
</div>
-<!--l. 7011--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are
+<!--l. 7012--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are
displayed in exactly the same way as the top level entries. It also
hasn&#8217;t used <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryitem</span><a
@@ -17623,7 +17624,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counterwithin</span><a
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">subentrycounter</span><a
id="dx1-65089"></a> package
options.
-</p><!--l. 7018--><p class="indent" > Variations: </p>
+</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="indent" > Variations: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">You might want the entry name to be capitalised, in which case
use <span
@@ -17637,7 +17638,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentryname</span><a
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\ifglshassymbol</span><a
id="dx1-65092"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:utilities">&#x00A7;17 </a><a
+href="#sec:utilities">§17 </a><a
href="#sec:utilities">Utilities<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:utilities --></a>):
@@ -17655,20 +17656,20 @@ href="#sec:utilities">Utilities<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:utilities --></a>):
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\space&#x00A0;[##2]%&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;number&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;square&#x00A0;brackets
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}%
</div>
- <!--l. 7038--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul>
+ <!--l. 7039--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 7040--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7040--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 7041--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7041--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
<a
id="x1-65093r20"></a>
-<!--l. 7043--><p class="noindent" ><span
+<!--l. 7044--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 20</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Creating a new glossary style based on an</span>
<span
class="ec-lmbx-12">existing style)</span><a
id="x1-65094"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7045--><p class="indent" > If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an
+</p><!--l. 7046--><p class="indent" > If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an
existing style, you can use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setglossarystyle</span><a
id="dx1-65095"></a> within the second
@@ -17695,7 +17696,7 @@ follows:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;between&#x00A0;groups
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7059--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span
+<!--l. 7060--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a
id="dx1-65099"></a> style in
combination with the package option <span
@@ -17703,11 +17704,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nogroupskip</span><a
id="dx1-65100"></a>.) </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 7063--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7063--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 7064--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7064--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
<a
id="x1-65101r21"></a>
-<!--l. 7067--><p class="noindent" ><span
+<!--l. 7068--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 21</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Example: creating a glossary style that uses</span>
<span
@@ -17720,7 +17721,7 @@ class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-120">user6</span><a
id="dx1-65103"></a> <span
class="ec-lmbx-12">keys)</span><a
id="x1-65104"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7069--><p class="indent" > Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units
+</p><!--l. 7070--><p class="indent" > Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units
(stored in <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">user1</span><a
id="dx1-65105"></a>) and dimension (stored in <span
@@ -17774,19 +17775,19 @@ follows:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7111--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 7112--><p class="nopar" > </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 7112--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7112--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 7113--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7113--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
<h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">17</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:utilities"></a>Utilities</h2>
-<!--l. 7117--><p class="noindent" >This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can
+<!--l. 7118--><p class="noindent" >This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can
be found in the documented code (glossaries-code.pdf).
-</p><!--l. 7120--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66001"></a> <span
@@ -17804,7 +17805,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">body</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7122--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7123--><p class="noindent" >
This iterates through <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span
@@ -17822,7 +17823,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is omitted, the
default is to iterate over all glossaries.
-</p><!--l. 7130--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\forglsentries</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66002"></a> <span
@@ -17840,7 +17841,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">body</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7132--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7133--><p class="noindent" >
This iterates through all entries in the glossary given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary label</span><span
@@ -17861,7 +17862,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is omitted, <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdefaulttype</span><a
id="dx1-66003"></a> (usually the main glossary) is
used.
-</p><!--l. 7139--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\forallglsentries</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66004"></a> <span
@@ -17879,7 +17880,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">body</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7141--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7142--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\forglsentries </span>but for each glossary in <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
@@ -17907,7 +17908,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span>within
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">body</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 7149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7150--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglossaryexists</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66005"></a> <span
@@ -17920,7 +17921,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7152--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7153--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the glossary given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -17932,7 +17933,7 @@ performed, otherwise <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66006"></a> <span
@@ -17945,7 +17946,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7159--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7160--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the glossary entry given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -17967,13 +17968,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-66008"></a> even if the entry is explicitly
defined later in the document. This is because the entry has to be defined
before it can be displayed in the glossary, see <a
-href="#sec:techissues">&#x00A7;4.8.1 </a><a
+href="#sec:techissues">§4.8.1 </a><a
href="#sec:techissues">Technical Issues<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:techissues --></a> for
further details.)
-</p><!--l. 7169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7170--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66009"></a> <span
@@ -17986,7 +17987,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">code</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7171--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7172--><p class="noindent" >
Does <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">code</span><span
@@ -17996,7 +17997,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>exists. If it doesn&#8217;t exist, an error
is generated. (This command uses <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\ifglsentryexists</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 7176--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdoifnoexists</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66010"></a> <span
@@ -18009,12 +18010,12 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">code</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7178--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7179--><p class="noindent" >
Does the reverse of <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdoifexists</span>. (This command uses
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\ifglsentryexists</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 7182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66011"></a> <span
@@ -18026,11 +18027,11 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">true part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7186--><p class="noindent" >
See <a
-href="#sec:glsunset">&#x00A7;14 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a
href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshaschildren</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66012"></a> <span
@@ -18043,7 +18044,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7191--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7192--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the glossary entry given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -18055,7 +18056,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is performed, otherwise <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7196--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7197--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasparent</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66013"></a> <span
@@ -18068,7 +18069,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7199--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7200--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the glossary entry given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -18080,7 +18081,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is performed, otherwise <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7204--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66014"></a> <span
@@ -18098,7 +18099,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7206--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7207--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the glossary entry given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -18112,7 +18113,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>is performed, otherwise <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7211--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66016"></a> <span
@@ -18130,7 +18131,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7213--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7214--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the glossary entry given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -18147,7 +18148,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>. This should be
true for any entry that has been defined via <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-66018"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66019"></a> <span
@@ -18165,7 +18166,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7221--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7222--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the glossary entry given by <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -18182,7 +18183,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>. This should be
true for any entry that has been defined via <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-66021"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7227--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7228--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66022"></a> <span
@@ -18200,7 +18201,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7229--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7230--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a
id="dx1-66023"></a> field is non-empty for the entry given by
@@ -18218,7 +18219,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>. Compare
with:
-</p><!--l. 7233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7234--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglsdescsuppressed</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-66024"></a> <span
@@ -18237,7 +18238,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7235--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7236--><p class="noindent" >
This checks if the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a
id="dx1-66025"></a> field has been set to just <span
@@ -18261,7 +18262,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
</p>
<h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">18</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h2>
-<!--l. 7241--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 7243--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-prefix</span><a
id="dx1-67001"></a> package provides additional keys that can be used as
prefixes. For example, if you want to specify determiners (such as &#8220;a&#8221;, &#8220;an&#8221;
@@ -18269,7 +18270,7 @@ or &#8220;the&#8221;). The <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-prefix </span>package automatically loads the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span>
package and has the same package options.
-</p><!--l. 7248--><p class="indent" > The extra keys for <span
+</p><!--l. 7250--><p class="indent" > The extra keys for <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-67002"></a> are as follows:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -18309,11 +18310,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixplural</span><a
id="dx1-67012"></a> key.</dd></dl>
<a
id="x1-67013r22"></a>
-<!--l. 7265--><p class="noindent" ><span
+<!--l. 7267--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 22</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining Determiners)</span><a
id="x1-67014"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7266--><p class="indent" > Here&#8217;s the start of my example document:
+</p><!--l. 7268--><p class="indent" > Here&#8217;s the start of my example document:
@@ -18323,7 +18324,7 @@ documentclass{article}
&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[toc,acronym]{glossaries-prefix}
</div>
-<!--l. 7272--><p class="nopar" > Note that I&#8217;ve simply replaced <span
+<!--l. 7274--><p class="nopar" > Note that I&#8217;ve simply replaced <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>from previous
sample documents with <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-prefix</span>. Now for a sample
@@ -18341,7 +18342,7 @@ href="#fn1x20" id="fn1x20-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;prefixplural={the\space}%
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7284--><p class="nopar" > Note that I&#8217;ve had to explicitly insert a&#x00A0;space after the prefix. This allows
+<!--l. 7286--><p class="nopar" > Note that I&#8217;ve had to explicitly insert a&#x00A0;space after the prefix. This allows
for the possibility of prefixes that shouldn&#8217;t have a&#x00A0;space, such
as:
@@ -18355,7 +18356,7 @@ as:
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;prefix={l&#8217;},
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;prefixplural={les\space}}
</div>
-<!--l. 7294--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use
+<!--l. 7296--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use
a&#x00A0;spacing command, such as <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\space</span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\&#x2423;</span></span></span> (backslash space) or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -18368,7 +18369,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">value</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>
options.
-</p><!--l. 7300--><p class="indent" > The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example:
+</p><!--l. 7302--><p class="indent" > The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example:
@@ -18379,12 +18380,12 @@ options.
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;prefix={an\space},prefixfirst={a~}%
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;]{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
</div>
-<!--l. 7306--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 7308--><p class="nopar" > </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 7307--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7307--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 7309--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<!--l. 7309--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7309--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 7311--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-prefix</span><a
id="dx1-67017"></a> package provides convenient commands to use these
prefixes with commands such as <span
@@ -18395,7 +18396,7 @@ considered part of the <a
href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
id="dx1-67020"></a></a>, so it&#8217;s not included in the hyperlink (where
hyperlinks are enabled).
-</p><!--l. 7313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7315--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\pgls</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67021"></a> <span
@@ -18412,7 +18413,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7315--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7317--><p class="noindent" >
This is prepends the value of the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefix</span><a
id="dx1-67022"></a> key (or <span
@@ -18434,7 +18435,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7320--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7322--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Pgls</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67025"></a> <span
@@ -18451,7 +18452,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7322--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7324--><p class="noindent" >
If the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefix</span><a
id="dx1-67026"></a> key (or <span
@@ -18489,7 +18490,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7330--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7332--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\PGLS</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67030"></a> <span
@@ -18506,14 +18507,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7332--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7334--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\pgls </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GLS</span><a
id="dx1-67031"></a> instead of
<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7336--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\pglspl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67032"></a> <span
@@ -18530,7 +18531,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7338--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7340--><p class="noindent" >
This is prepends the value of the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixplural</span><a
id="dx1-67033"></a> key (or <span
@@ -18552,7 +18553,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Pglspl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67036"></a> <span
@@ -18569,7 +18570,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7345--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7347--><p class="noindent" >
If the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixplural</span><a
id="dx1-67037"></a> key (or <span
@@ -18607,7 +18608,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\PGLSpl</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67041"></a> <span
@@ -18627,7 +18628,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7355--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7357--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\pglspl </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GLSpl</span><a
@@ -18636,11 +18637,11 @@ of <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl</span>.
<a
id="x1-67043r23"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7359--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 7361--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 23</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Using Prefixes)</span><a
id="x1-67044"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7360--><p class="indent" > Continuing from Example&#x00A0;<a
+</p><!--l. 7362--><p class="indent" > Continuing from Example&#x00A0;<a
href="#x1-67013r22">22<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:determiners --></a>, now that I&#8217;ve defined my entries, I&#x00A0;can
use them in the text via the above commands:
@@ -18652,20 +18653,20 @@ First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\pgls{svm}.&#x00A0;Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\pgls{svm}.
&#x00A0;<br />Singular:&#x00A0;\pgls{sample},&#x00A0;\pgls{oeil}.
&#x00A0;<br />Plural:&#x00A0;\pglspl{sample},&#x00A0;\pglspl{oeil}.
</div>
-<!--l. 7366--><p class="nopar" > which produces:
+<!--l. 7368--><p class="nopar" > which produces:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 7369--><p class="noindent" >First use: a&#x00A0;support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an
+ <!--l. 7371--><p class="noindent" >First use: a&#x00A0;support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an
SVM. Singular: a&#x00A0;sample, l&#8217;oeil. Plural: the samples, les
yeux.</p></div>
-<!--l. 7373--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a
+<!--l. 7375--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a
href="#x1-6123r29"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-prefix.tex</span></a>. </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 7374--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7374--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 7376--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 7377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 7376--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7376--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 7378--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands:
+</p><!--l. 7379--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasprefix</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67045"></a> <span
@@ -18683,7 +18684,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7379--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7381--><p class="noindent" >
Does <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">true part</span><span
@@ -18694,8 +18695,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>has a non-empty value for
the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefix</span><a
id="dx1-67046"></a> key.
-</p><!--l. 7383--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 7384--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7385--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands:
+</p><!--l. 7386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67047"></a> <span
@@ -18714,7 +18715,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7386--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7388--><p class="noindent" >
Does <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">true part</span><span
@@ -18725,7 +18726,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>has a non-empty value for
the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixplural</span><a
id="dx1-67048"></a> key.
-</p><!--l. 7390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirst</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67049"></a> <span
@@ -18744,7 +18745,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7392--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7394--><p class="noindent" >
Does <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">true part</span><span
@@ -18755,11 +18756,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>has a non-empty value for
the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixfirst</span><a
id="dx1-67050"></a> key.
-</p><!--l. 7396--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7398--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67051"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 7400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural{</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
@@ -18774,7 +18775,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7399--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7401--><p class="noindent" >
Does <span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">true part</span><span
@@ -18785,7 +18786,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9; </span>has a non-empty value for
the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixfirstplural</span><a
id="dx1-67052"></a> key.
-</p><!--l. 7403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7405--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryprefix</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67053"></a> <span
@@ -18797,7 +18798,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7405--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7407--><p class="noindent" >
Displays the value of the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefix</span><a
id="dx1-67054"></a> key for the entry given by <span
@@ -18805,7 +18806,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>. (No check
is performed to determine if the entry exists.)
-</p><!--l. 7410--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7412--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirst</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67055"></a> <span
@@ -18814,7 +18815,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7412--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7414--><p class="noindent" >
Displays the value of the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixfirst</span><a
id="dx1-67056"></a> key for the entry given by <span
@@ -18822,7 +18823,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>. (No
check is performed to determine if the entry exists.)
-</p><!--l. 7417--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryprefixplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67057"></a> <span
@@ -18831,7 +18832,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7419--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7421--><p class="noindent" >
Displays the value of the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixplural</span><a
id="dx1-67058"></a> key for the entry given by <span
@@ -18839,17 +18840,17 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>. (No
check is performed to determine if the entry exists.)
-</p><!--l. 7424--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7426--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67059"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7426--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 7428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7427--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7429--><p class="noindent" >
Displays the value of the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixfirstplural</span><a
id="dx1-67060"></a> key for the entry given by <span
@@ -18857,11 +18858,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span>.
(No check is performed to determine if the entry exists.)
-</p><!--l. 7432--><p class="indent" > There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper
+</p><!--l. 7434--><p class="indent" > There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper
case<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x20" id="fn2x20-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-67061f2"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 7435--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7437--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryprefix</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67062"></a> <span
@@ -18870,8 +18871,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7437--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7439--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirst</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67063"></a> <span
@@ -18880,8 +18881,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7440--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7442--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7443--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67064"></a> <span
@@ -18890,28 +18891,28 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7443--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7445--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7446--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7448--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
id="dx1-67065"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7448--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 7450--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E8;</span><span
class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span
class="lmsy-10x-x-109">&#x27E9;</span><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7449--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7451--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="x1-67066r24"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7451--><p class="noindent" ><span
+</p><!--l. 7453--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 24</span><span
class="ec-lmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Adding Determiner to Glossary Style)</span><a
id="x1-67067"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7452--><p class="indent" > You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses
+</p><!--l. 7454--><p class="indent" > You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses
the determiner. For example, the following style is a slight modification of
the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a
@@ -18930,17 +18931,17 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space&#x00A0;##2}%
&#x00A0;<br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7465--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 7467--><p class="nopar" > </p>
<div class="center"
>
-<!--l. 7466--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7466--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 7468--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7468--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
<h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">19</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
- id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h2>
-<!--l. 7469--><p class="noindent" >Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying
+ id="sec:exnewstyle"></a>Accessibility Support</h2>
+<!--l. 7472--><p class="noindent" >Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-68001"></a> package, but note that this package is experimental and
@@ -19060,7 +19061,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">shortplural</span><a
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-68032"></a>).
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 7516--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+<!--l. 7519--><p class="noindent" >For example:
@@ -19069,7 +19070,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a
\newglossaryentry{tex}{name={\TeX},description={Document
&#x00A0;<br />preparation&#x00A0;language},access={TeX}}
</div>
-<!--l. 7520--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 7523--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{tex}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to
@@ -19078,13 +19079,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{tex}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179">
\BeginAccSupp{ActualText=TeX}\TeX\EndAccSupp{}
</div>
-<!--l. 7524--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a
+<!--l. 7527--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a
href="#x1-6125r30"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sampleaccsupp.tex</span></a> illustrates the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-68033"></a>
package.
-</p><!--l. 7528--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span
+</p><!--l. 7531--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>) for further details. It
is recommended that you also read the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">accsupp</span><a
@@ -19094,8 +19095,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">accsupp</span><a
</p>
<h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">20</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
- id="sec:trouble"></a>Troubleshooting</h2>
-<!--l. 7535--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ id="sec:exadaptstyle"></a>Troubleshooting</h2>
+<!--l. 7538--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package comes with a minimal file called <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">minimalgls.tex</span>
which can be used for testing. This should be located in the
@@ -19112,7 +19113,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;code is available at
<a
href="http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/latex/minexample/" class="url" ><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/latex/minexample/</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7546--><p class="indent" > Below is a list of the most frequently asked questions. For other queries, consult the
+</p><!--l. 7549--><p class="indent" > Below is a list of the most frequently asked questions. For other queries, consult the
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>FAQ at <a
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" class="url" ><span
@@ -19141,8 +19142,8 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I get the error message:
!&#x00A0;Undefined&#x00A0;control&#x00A0;sequence.
&#x00A0;<br />\in@&#x00A0;#1#2-&#x003E;\begingroup&#x00A0;\def&#x00A0;\in@@
</div>
- <!--l. 7561--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 7563--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7564--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 7566--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>This error can occur if you have a fragile command in one of your
entry definitions. In most cases using <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnoexpandfields </span>before
@@ -19162,8 +19163,8 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I get the error message:
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181">
Missing&#x00A0;\begin{document}
</div>
- <!--l. 7574--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 7576--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7577--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 7579--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Check you are using an up to date version of the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xkeyval</span><a
id="dx1-69005"></a>
@@ -19183,8 +19184,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
ERROR:&#x00A0;CHAR:&#x00A0;index&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;should&#x00A0;be&#x00A0;less&#x00A0;than&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;length&#x00A0;of
&#x00A0;<br />the&#x00A0;string
</div>
- <!--l. 7584--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 7586--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7587--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 7589--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A.</span> <a
id="dx1-69010"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
@@ -19213,7 +19214,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description=alpha}
</div>
- <!--l. 7595--><p class="nopar" > Either use a different sort key for the entry, for example:
+ <!--l. 7598--><p class="nopar" > Either use a different sort key for the entry, for example:
@@ -19223,13 +19224,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description=alpha}
</div>
- <!--l. 7601--><p class="nopar" > or, if all entries are like this, you may prefer to use the <span
+ <!--l. 7604--><p class="nopar" > or, if all entries are like this, you may prefer to use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort=use</span><a
id="dx1-69018"></a> or
<span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort=def</span><a
id="dx1-69019"></a> package options. See <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">&#x00A7;2.4 </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.4 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a> for further details
of the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a
@@ -19241,7 +19242,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I&#8217;ve used the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a
id="dx1-69023"></a> option, but the acronyms are displayed in
normal sized upper case letters.
- <!--l. 7610--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7613--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>The <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a
id="dx1-69024"></a> package option uses <span
@@ -19255,7 +19256,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsc</span><a
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-69027x5"><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>My acronyms won&#8217;t break across a line when they&#8217;re expanded.
- <!--l. 7618--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7621--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;can break hyperlinks across a line, but <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;can&#8217;t.
@@ -19271,7 +19272,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperfirst=false</span><a
class="enumerate" id="x1-69031x6"><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>How do I change the font that the acronyms are displayed
in?
- <!--l. 7624--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7627--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>The easiest way to do this is to specify the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a
id="dx1-69032"></a> package option
@@ -19288,7 +19289,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a
\usepackage[smaller]{glossaries}
&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
</div>
- <!--l. 7631--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 7634--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-69035x7"><span
@@ -19296,7 +19297,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>How do I change the font that the acronyms a
<a
id="dx1-69036"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>?
- <!--l. 7636--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7639--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>The easiest way to do this is to specify the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a
id="dx1-69037"></a> package option
@@ -19323,7 +19324,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first
&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{#1}
</div>
- <!--l. 7646--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 7649--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-69043x8"><span
@@ -19332,7 +19333,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I don&#8217;t have Perl installed, do I have
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-69045"></a></a>?
- <!--l. 7651--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7654--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>No. Although it is strongly recommended, you don&#8217;t have to use
<a
id="dx1-69046"></a><a
@@ -19349,7 +19350,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossariesgui</span><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-69051"></a></a> explicitly (see <a
-href="#sec:makeindexapp">&#x00A7;1.3.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:makeindexapp">§1.3.3 </a><a
href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using makeindex
explicitly<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a>). Note that you can&#8217;t use <a
id="dx1-69052"></a><a
@@ -19366,7 +19367,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary </span>package: are there any instructions
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary</span><a
id="dx1-69056"></a> package to the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package?
- <!--l. 7662--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7665--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Read <a
href="glossary2glossaries.html" >&#8220;Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries
package&#8221;</a> which should be available from the same location as this
@@ -19377,14 +19378,14 @@ href="glossary2glossaries.html" >&#8220;Upgrading from the glossary package to t
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I&#8217;m using <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">babel</span><a
id="dx1-69059"></a> but the fixed names haven&#8217;t been translated.
- <!--l. 7669--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7672--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>The <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package currently only supports the following
languages: Brazilian Portuguese, Danish, Dutch, English, French,
German, Irish, Italian, Hungarian, Polish, Serbian and Spanish. If
you want to add another language, send me the translations, and I&#8217;ll
add them to the next version.
- </p><!--l. 7675--><p class="noindent" >If you are using one of the above languages, but the text hasn&#8217;t been
+ </p><!--l. 7678--><p class="noindent" >If you are using one of the above languages, but the text hasn&#8217;t been
translated, try using the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package option <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translate=babel</span><a
@@ -19395,7 +19396,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translate=babel</span><a
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-69062x11"><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>My glossaries haven&#8217;t appeared.
- <!--l. 7682--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7685--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Remember to do the following: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">Add <span
@@ -19413,13 +19414,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-69065"></a>.
</li>
<li class="itemize">Use the commands listed in <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&#x00A7;6 </a><a
+href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a
href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>,
<a
-href="#sec:glsadd">&#x00A7;7 </a><a
+href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a
href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating
Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> or <a
-href="#sec:crossref">&#x00A7;8 </a><a
+href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a
href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a> for each entry that
you want to appear in the glossary.
</li>
@@ -19440,13 +19441,13 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run.
id="dx1-69068"></a><span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a
id="dx1-69069"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">&#x00A7;1.3 </a><a
+href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a
href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated
Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>) after the second <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run, followed by
another <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run.</li></ul>
- <!--l. 7702--><p class="noindent" >Check the log files (<span
+ <!--l. 7705--><p class="noindent" >Check the log files (<span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.log</span><a
id="dx1-69070"></a>, <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.glg</span><a
@@ -19457,7 +19458,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.glg</span><a
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>Why is glossaries creating an empty <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.glo</span><a
id="dx1-69074"></a> file?
- <!--l. 7707--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7710--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Because you haven&#8217;t used any entries in the <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">main </span>glossary
via commands such as <span
@@ -19472,7 +19473,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nomain</span><a
class="enumerate" id="x1-69078x13"><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>It is possible to change the rules used to sort the glossary
entries?
- <!--l. 7715--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7718--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>If it&#8217;s for an individual entry, then you can use the entry&#8217;s <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a
id="dx1-69079"></a> key
@@ -19504,11 +19505,11 @@ href="http://xindy.sourceforge.net/" >Xindy Web
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a
id="dx1-69091"></a> mailing list from that
site.
- </p><!--l. 7725--><p class="noindent" >If you want to sort according to order of definition or order of
+ </p><!--l. 7728--><p class="noindent" >If you want to sort according to order of definition or order of
use, use the <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a
id="dx1-69092"></a> package option described in <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">&#x00A7;2.4 </a><a
+href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.4 </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting
Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>.
</p></li>
@@ -19520,7 +19521,7 @@ href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I get an error when using TeX4HT<a
id="dx1-69095"></a> with <span
class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span>.
- <!--l. 7732--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7735--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>TeX4HT seems to have a problem with the glossary styles that
use <span
class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\indexspace</span><a
@@ -19538,7 +19539,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187">
\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
</div>
- <!--l. 7739--><p class="nopar" > or
+ <!--l. 7742--><p class="nopar" > or
@@ -19546,13 +19547,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188">
\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\item[]}
</div>
- <!--l. 7743--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 7746--><p class="nopar" >
</p>
</li></ol>
-<!--l. 7747--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 7750--><p class="indent" > <a
id="likesection.2"></a><a
id="sec:index"></a>
@@ -23502,12 +23503,12 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">That is, if the term has been referenced using any of the comma
<span
class="ec-lmr-9">in </span><a
href="#sec:glslink"><span
-class="ec-lmr-9">&#x00A7;6 </span></a><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">§6 </span></a><a
href="#sec:glslink"><span
class="ec-lmr-9">Links to Glossary Entries</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> <span
class="ec-lmr-9">and </span><a
href="#sec:glsadd"><span
-class="ec-lmr-9">&#x00A7;7 </span></a><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">§7 </span></a><a
href="#sec:glsadd"><span
class="ec-lmr-9">Adding an Entry to the Glossary</span>
<span
@@ -23605,7 +23606,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-9">nomain</span><a
id="dx1-19012"></a> <span
class="ec-lmr-9">option</span>
<span
-class="ec-lmr-9">has been used.</span></p><!--l. 2454--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">has been used.</span></p><!--l. 2455--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x6-bk" id="fn1x6">
<sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">The only preamble restriction on </span><span
@@ -23621,7 +23622,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-9">\loadglsentries</span><a
id="dx1-23004"></a><span
class="ec-lmr-9">. See </span><a
href="#sec:docdefs"><span
-class="ec-lmr-9">&#x00A7;4.8</span>
+class="ec-lmr-9">§4.8</span>
</a><a
href="#sec:docdefs"><span
class="ec-lmr-9">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a> <span
@@ -23629,7 +23630,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">for a discussion of</span>
<span
class="ec-lmr-9">the problems with defining entries within the document instead of in the</span>
<span
-class="ec-lmr-9">preamble.</span></p><!--l. 2469--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">preamble.</span></p><!--l. 2470--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x6-bk" id="fn2x6">
<sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">Except possibly the style file but then you&#8217;ll need to use </span><span
@@ -23637,7 +23638,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-9">\noist</span><a
id="dx1-23016"></a> <span
class="ec-lmr-9">to prevent your</span>
<span
-class="ec-lmr-9">changes from being overwritten.</span></p><!--l. 3095--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">changes from being overwritten.</span></p><!--l. 3096--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn3x6-bk" id="fn3x6">
<sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">This is because </span><span
@@ -23651,7 +23652,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-9">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-31015"></a> <span
class="ec-lmr-9">package</span>
<span
-class="ec-lmr-9">option is not used.</span></p><!--l. 3840--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">option is not used.</span></p><!--l. 3841--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x8-bk" id="fn1x8">
<sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmtt-9">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a
@@ -23664,7 +23665,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">are now deprecated. Backwards compatibility</span>
class="ec-lmr-9">should be preserved but you may need to use the </span><span
class="ec-lmss-9">compatible-3.07</span><a
id="dx1-38009"></a> <span
-class="ec-lmr-9">option</span></p><!--l. 4275--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">option</span></p><!--l. 4276--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x10-bk" id="fn1x10">
<sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a
id="dx1-42004"></a><a
@@ -23673,7 +23674,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-9">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-42005"></a></a> <span
class="ec-lmr-9">will always assign a location number, even if it&#8217;s not needed, so it needs</span>
<span
-class="ec-lmr-9">to be discarded.</span></p><!--l. 4280--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">to be discarded.</span></p><!--l. 4281--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x10-bk" id="fn2x10">
<sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">If you redefine </span><span
@@ -23691,7 +23692,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">explicitly write </span><span
class="ec-lmtt-9">[\seename] </span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">in the output file if no</span>
<span
-class="ec-lmr-9">optional argument is given.</span></p><!--l. 4305--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">optional argument is given.</span></p><!--l. 4306--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn3x10-bk" id="fn3x10">
<sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">In versions before 3.0, </span><span
@@ -23706,7 +23707,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">key was</span> <a
href="#glo:sanitize"><span
class="ec-lmr-9">sanitized</span><a
id="dx1-42017"></a></a><span
-class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 4555--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 4556--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x11-bk" id="fn1x11">
<sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">versions before 3.0 used </span><span
@@ -23722,7 +23723,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">had been</span> <a
href="#glo:sanitize"><span
class="ec-lmr-9">sanitized</span><a
id="dx1-43055"></a></a><span
-class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 4710--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 4711--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x12-bk" id="fn1x12">
<sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">you can&#8217;t use the </span><span
@@ -23733,7 +23734,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">style for this example as you can&#8217;t use the</span>
class="ec-lmss-9">longtable</span><a
id="dx1-44043"></a><a
id="dx1-44044"></a> <span
-class="ec-lmr-9">environment in two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 5028--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">environment in two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 5029--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x13-bk" id="fn1x13">
<sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">see </span><span
@@ -23741,9 +23742,9 @@ class="ec-lmtt-9">\setCompositor</span><a
id="dx1-47054"></a> <span
class="ec-lmr-9">described in </span><a
href="#sec:setup"><span
-class="ec-lmr-9">&#x00A7;3 </span></a><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">§3 </span></a><a
href="#sec:setup"><span
-class="ec-lmr-9">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p><!--l. 5034--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p><!--l. 5035--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x13-bk" id="fn2x13">
<sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">see </span><span
@@ -23751,9 +23752,9 @@ class="ec-lmtt-9">\setAlphaCompositor</span><a
id="dx1-47056"></a> <span
class="ec-lmr-9">described in </span><a
href="#sec:setup"><span
-class="ec-lmr-9">&#x00A7;3 </span></a><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">§3 </span></a><a
href="#sec:setup"><span
-class="ec-lmr-9">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p><!--l. 5621--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p><!--l. 5622--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x15-bk" id="fn1x15">
<sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">Note that this was changed from using </span><span
@@ -23767,15 +23768,15 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">as declarations</span>
class="ec-lmr-9">cause a problem for </span><span
class="ec-lmtt-9">\makefirstuc</span><a
id="dx1-51039"></a><span
-class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 5883--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 5884--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x15-bk" id="fn2x15">
<sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span
-class="ec-lmr-9">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 5912--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 5913--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn3x15-bk" id="fn3x15">
<sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">See David Carlisle&#8217;s explanation in </span><a
href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace" class="url" ><span
-class="ec-lmtt-9">http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace</span></a></p><!--l. 6086--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmtt-9">http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace</span></a></p><!--l. 6087--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x17-bk" id="fn1x17">
<sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">These lengths will not be available if you use both the </span><span
@@ -23791,18 +23792,18 @@ class="ec-lmss-9">nostyles</span><a
id="dx1-56020"></a> <span
class="ec-lmr-9">package option unless you explicitly load the</span>
<span
-class="ec-lmr-9">relevant package.</span></p><!--l. 6198--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">relevant package.</span></p><!--l. 6199--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x17-bk" id="fn2x17">
<sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">This style was supplied by Axel</span><span
-class="ec-lmr-9">&#x00A0;Menzel.</span></p><!--l. 6409--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">&#x00A0;Menzel.</span></p><!--l. 6410--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn3x17-bk" id="fn3x17">
<sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">e.g.</span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">&#x00A0;with the </span><span
class="ec-lmss-9">flowfram</span><a
id="dx1-60011"></a> <span
-class="ec-lmr-9">package.</span></p><!--l. 7277--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">package.</span></p><!--l. 7279--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x20-bk" id="fn1x20">
<sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">Single letter words, such as &#8220;a&#8221; and &#8220;I&#8221; should typically not appear at the end of a</span>
@@ -23810,7 +23811,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">Single letter words, such as &#8220;a&#8221; and &#8220;I&#8221
class="ec-lmr-9">line, hence the non-breakable space after &#8220;a&#8221; in the </span><span
class="ec-lmss-9">prefix</span><a
id="dx1-67016"></a> <span
-class="ec-lmr-9">field.</span></p><!--l. 7434--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+class="ec-lmr-9">field.</span></p><!--l. 7436--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x20-bk" id="fn2x20">
<sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span
class="ec-lmr-9">The earlier caveats about initial non-Latin characters apply.</span></p> </div>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf
index fb96955fd80..2de213d6d98 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex
index eed1cd7749d..9ae13e07824 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex
@@ -279,11 +279,11 @@ user2={sanitization\protect\iterm{sanitize}}%
\MakeShortVerb{"}
\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
- \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.0}
+ \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.01}
\author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\%
\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}}
- \date{2013-11-14}
+ \date{2013-11-16}
\maketitle
\begin{important}
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ letter}{mfirstuc-manual}.
\item[\url{glossaries-code.pdf}]
Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the
packages provided in the \styfmt{glossaries} bundle should read
-\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.0}.
+\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.01}.
This includes the documented code for the \sty{mfirstuc} package.
\item[INSTALL] Installation instructions.
@@ -2338,6 +2338,7 @@ created using version 3.07 or below.
\end{description}
\section{Setting Options After Package Loaded}
+\label{sec:setupglossaries}
Some of the options described above may also be set after the
\sty{glossaries} package has been loaded using
@@ -7238,6 +7239,7 @@ This checks if the \gloskey{description} field has been set to just
\meta{true part} is performed, otherwise \meta{false part}.
\chapter{Prefixes or Determiners}\label{sec:prefix}
+
The \sty{glossaries-prefix} package provides
additional keys that can be used as prefixes. For example, if you
want to specify determiners (such
@@ -7466,6 +7468,7 @@ before the name:
\end{example}
\chapter{Accessibility Support}\label{sec:accsupp}
+
Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying
\sty{glossaries-accsupp} package, but note that this package is
experimental and it requires the \sty{accsupp} package
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html
index e3af7e1e0f7..7f71642496f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/)" />
<!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 -->
<meta name="src" content="glossariesbegin.tex" />
-<meta name="date" content="2013-11-14 14:05:00" />
+<meta name="date" content="2013-11-16 19:05:00" />
<style type="text/css">
<!--
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; }
div.abstract {width:100%;}
span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80%; }
table.multicols { width:100%; margin-left:1em; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
-div.important { background-color:red; }
+div.important { border : solid red; }
/* end css.sty */
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ beginners</h2>
<div class="author" ><span
class="futr8t-x-x-144">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></div><br />
<div class="date" ><span
-class="futr8t-x-x-144">2013-11-14</span></div>
+class="futr8t-x-x-144">2013-11-16</span></div>
</div>
<div
class="abstract"
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf
index 633068fc80c..6fb083fa2b4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex
index 08b81abc291..266d26c8d43 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
\title{The glossaries package: a guide for beginners}
\author{Nicola L.C. Talbot}
-\date{2013-11-14}
+\date{2013-11-16}
\newcommand*{\igloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\icsopt{#1}{#2}}
\newcommand*{\gloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\csopt{#1}{#2}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html
index 5ca68ec9f1e..13db02dd60d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/)" />
<!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 -->
<meta name="src" content="glossary2glossaries.tex" />
-<meta name="date" content="2013-11-14 14:05:00" />
+<meta name="date" content="2013-11-16 19:05:00" />
<style type="text/css">
<!--
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; }
div.abstract {width:100%;}
span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80%; }
table.multicols { width:100%; margin-left:1em; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
-div.important { background-color:red; }
+div.important { border : solid red; }
/* end css.sty */
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ package to the glossaries package</h2>
<div class="author" ><span
class="futr8t-x-x-144">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></div><br />
<div class="date" ><span
-class="futr8t-x-x-144">2013-11-14</span></div>
+class="futr8t-x-x-144">2013-11-16</span></div>
</div>
<div
class="abstract"
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf
index 671a168d037..2d12bc406b6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex
index 9b07960a259..65b5c66bc40 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
\title{Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries
package}
\author{Nicola L.C. Talbot}
-\date{2013-11-14}
+\date{2013-11-16}
\newenvironment{oldway}{%
\begin{labelledbox}{\styfmt{glossary}}\ttfamily\obeylines
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html
index ac5e542e74d..b13bfa44aa6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf
index 6e101f6d6fa..40fd4e54583 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf
index e0f22a08124..8860c21f396 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f83b5970852..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf
index 330c13f5c8a..35b8fdc39ce 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf
index 06ee48a0913..65419c3b547 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf
index 2c3fc72edd7..34fc4f6c0ed 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f08d62b9e7b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index ec58ceee2c1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 82734c9a991..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index c8fa4a5fc6c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1dec2b40193..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 88e358ab486..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index c6b29209d6a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a1393e507b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f751257d72..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e05192921b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf
index f8efe8420fa..9f8d4cc0961 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf
index 4a74fc9589f..dd307d68435 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf
index 5068fd13644..db1619605fe 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf
index 968ca13ec3e..c10d54d41ac 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf
index 5dc3ff4a686..ac110670fca 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf
index 924a7d43a55..8529011e952 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf
index 303b4eddeb8..2262d5cf8a9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf
index 1371a16d0ae..e903658bc16 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf
index b8dc7693ec1..680c49f253a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index c22f64b2e70..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf
index 72e6deced22..3f87bc00963 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 70b4731d157..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf
index 78e0f868e3a..1904a28ed81 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf
index 698712dca9a..0a273d55394 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf
index 83144e1d79d..519e2e56a54 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf
index 7f7e7557312..3e2ca5c27ca 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf
index 47899d9da0f..550709f057d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf
index ed47e7a1c1c..fe8532a8371 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx
index c5b4d894614..b2d038a67ae 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
% -author "Nicola Talbot"
% -codetitle "Main Package Code"
% glossaries
-% Created on 2013/11/14 14:05
+% Created on 2013/11/16 19:05
%\fi
%\iffalse
%<*package>
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
-\CheckSum{16315}
+\CheckSum{16348}
\newcommand*{\ifirstuse}{\iterm{first use}}
\newcommand*{\firstuse}{\gls{firstuse}}
@@ -165,12 +165,12 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
%\MakeShortVerb{"}
%\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
%
-% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v4.0}
+% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v4.01}
% \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt]
%Dickimaw Books\\
%\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}}
%
-% \date{2013-11-14}
+% \date{2013-11-16}
% \maketitle
%
%This is the documented code for the \styfmt{glossaries} package.
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
%glossaries package}.
%
%\item[\url{glossaries-user.pdf}]
-%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v4.0:
+%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v4.01:
%\LaTeX2e\ Package to Assist Generating Glossaries}.
%
%\item[\url{mfirstuc-manual.pdf}]
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
% This package requires \LaTeXe.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2013/11/14 v4.0 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2013/11/16 v4.01 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
% Required packages:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -473,6 +473,20 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{option}
%
+% Each \cs{DeclareOptionX} needs a corresponding \cs{DeclareOption}
+% so that it can be passed as a document class option, so define a
+% command that will implement both.
+%\changes{4.01}{2013-11-16}{fixed non-value options so that they can be passed to
+%document class}
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@declareoption}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@declareoption}[2]{%
+ \DeclareOptionX{#1}{#2}%
+ \DeclareOption{#1}{#2}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
% Each entry within a given glossary will have an associated
% number list. By default, this refers to the page numbers on
% which that entry has been used, but it can also refer to any counter
@@ -491,7 +505,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
% number lists (this simply redefines
% \cs{glossaryentrynumbers} to ignores its argument).
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOptionX{nonumberlist}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{nonumberlist}{%
\renewcommand*{\glossaryentrynumbers}[1]{\gls@save@numberlist{#1}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -517,7 +531,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
% \gloskey{see} key.
%\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOptionX{seeautonumberlist}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{seeautonumberlist}{%
\renewcommand*{\@glo@seeautonumberlist}{%
\def\@glo@prefix{\glsnextpages}%
}%
@@ -538,7 +552,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
% is provided to reduce overhead caused by loading unrequired
% packages.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOptionX{nolong}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}}
+\@gls@declareoption{nolong}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{option}
%
@@ -560,7 +574,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
% is provided to reduce overhead caused by loading unrequired
% packages.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOptionX{nosuper}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}}
+\@gls@declareoption{nosuper}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{option}
%
@@ -577,7 +591,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
% in \isty{glossary-list} will not be available if this option
% is used.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOptionX{nolist}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{}}
+\@gls@declareoption{nolist}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{}}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{option}
%
@@ -594,7 +608,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
% in \isty{glossary-tree} will not be available if this option
% is used.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOptionX{notree}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{}}
+\@gls@declareoption{notree}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{}}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{option}
%
@@ -604,7 +618,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
% event that the user has custom styles that are not dependent
% on the predefined styles).
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOptionX{nostyles}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{nostyles}{%
\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}%
\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}%
\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{}%
@@ -927,15 +941,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{option}{nomain}
%\changes{2.01}{2009 May 30}{added nomain package option}
% The \pkgopt{nomain} option suppress the creation of the main
% glossary.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOptionX{nomain}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{nomain}{%
\let\glsdefaulttype\relax
\renewcommand*{\glsdefmain}{}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
%
%\begin{option}{acronym}
% The \pkgopt{acronym} option sets an associated conditional
@@ -985,9 +1001,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
% Provide a synonym for \pkgopt[true]{acronym} that can be passed
% via the document class options.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOptionX{acronyms}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{acronyms}{%
\glsacronymtrue
- \DeclareAcronymList{acronym}%
+ \renewcommand{\@gls@do@acronymsdef}{%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{acronym}%
+ \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{acronym}%
+ }%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{option}
@@ -1162,13 +1182,16 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{option}{nowarn}
% Define package option to suppress warnings
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOptionX{nowarn}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{nowarn}{%
\renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarning}[1]{}%
\renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarningNoLine}[1]{}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
% As from version 3.08a, the only information written to the external
% glossary files are the label and sort values. Therefore, now, the
% only sanitize option that makes sense is the one for the sort key.
@@ -1387,7 +1410,7 @@ name=true]{%
% Provide a synonym for \pkgopt[false]{translate} that can be passed
% via the document class.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOptionX{notranslate}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{notranslate}{%
\glstranslatefalse
\let\@gls@notranslatorhook\relax
}
@@ -1553,11 +1576,13 @@ name=true]{%
\glsxindyfalse
% \end{macrocode}
%
+%\begin{option}{makeindex}
% Define package option to specify that \app{makeindex} will
% be used to sort the glossaries:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOptionX{makeindex}{\glsxindyfalse}
+\@gls@declareoption{makeindex}{\glsxindyfalse}
% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
%
% The \pkgopt{xindy} package option may have a value which in
% turn can be a key=value list. First define the keys for this
@@ -1615,7 +1640,7 @@ name=true]{%
% Provide a synonym for \pkgopt[]{xindy} that can be passed via the
% document class options.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOptionX{xindygloss}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{xindygloss}{%
\glsxindytrue
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1673,7 +1698,7 @@ name=true]{%
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\@gls@do@symbolsdef}{}
-\DeclareOptionX{symbols}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{symbols}{%
\renewcommand{\@gls@do@symbolsdef}{%
\newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}%
\newcommand*{\printsymbols}[1][]{\printglossary[type=symbols,#1]}%
@@ -1686,7 +1711,7 @@ name=true]{%
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\@gls@do@numbersdef}{}
-\DeclareOptionX{numbers}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{numbers}{%
\renewcommand{\@gls@do@numbersdef}{%
\newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}%
\newcommand*{\printnumbers}[1][]{\printglossary[type=numbers,#1]}%
@@ -1696,7 +1721,22 @@ name=true]{%
%\end{option}
%
%
-% Process package options:
+% Process package options. First process any options that have been
+% passed via the document class.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@for\CurrentOption :=\@declaredoptions\do{%
+ \ifx\CurrentOption\@empty
+ \else
+ \@expandtwoargs
+ \in@ {,\CurrentOption ,}{,\@classoptionslist,\@curroptions,}%
+ \ifin@
+ \@use@ption
+ \expandafter \let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\@empty
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now process options passed to the package:
% \begin{macrocode}
\ProcessOptionsX
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -13212,7 +13252,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
first={\noexpand\acrfullformat{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},%
firstplural={\noexpand\acrfullformat
{\noexpand\glsentrylongpl{\the\glslabeltok}}%
- {\noexpand\glsentryshortpl{\the\glslabeltok}}}%
+ {\noexpand\glsentryshortpl{\the\glslabeltok}}},%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{4.01}{2013-11-16}{inserted missing comma}
+% \begin{macrocode}
text={\the\glsshorttok},%
plural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix}%
}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins
index c337a6f6a95..9737748ccbf 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 1.1 2013/11/14 14:05
+% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 1.1 2013/11/16 19:05
\input docstrip
\preamble
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty
index 2df06584c5d..39da8e08913 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2013/11/14 v4.0 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2013/11/16 v4.01 (NLCT)]
\RequirePackage{ifthen}
\RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2006/11/18]
\RequirePackage{mfirstuc}
@@ -122,29 +122,33 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
\define@key{glossaries.sty}{style}{%
\renewcommand*{\@glossary@default@style}{#1}%
}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@declareoption}[2]{%
+ \DeclareOptionX{#1}{#2}%
+ \DeclareOption{#1}{#2}%
+}
\newcommand*{\glossaryentrynumbers}[1]{#1\gls@save@numberlist{#1}}
-\DeclareOptionX{nonumberlist}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{nonumberlist}{%
\renewcommand*{\glossaryentrynumbers}[1]{\gls@save@numberlist{#1}}%
}
\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{savenumberlist}[true]{}
\glssavenumberlistfalse
\newcommand*\@glo@seeautonumberlist{}
-\DeclareOptionX{seeautonumberlist}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{seeautonumberlist}{%
\renewcommand*{\@glo@seeautonumberlist}{%
\def\@glo@prefix{\glsnextpages}%
}%
}
\newcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{\RequirePackage{glossary-long}}
-\DeclareOptionX{nolong}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}}
+\@gls@declareoption{nolong}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}}
\IfFileExists{supertabular.sty}{%
\newcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{\RequirePackage{glossary-super}}}{%
\newcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}}
-\DeclareOptionX{nosuper}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}}
+\@gls@declareoption{nosuper}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}}
\newcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{\RequirePackage{glossary-list}}
-\DeclareOptionX{nolist}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{}}
+\@gls@declareoption{nolist}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{}}
\newcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{\RequirePackage{glossary-tree}}
-\DeclareOptionX{notree}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{}}
-\DeclareOptionX{nostyles}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{notree}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{}}
+\@gls@declareoption{nostyles}{%
\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}%
\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}%
\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{}%
@@ -254,7 +258,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
}
\newcommand*{\glsdefaulttype}{main}
\newcommand*{\acronymtype}{\glsdefaulttype}
-\DeclareOptionX{nomain}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{nomain}{%
\let\glsdefaulttype\relax
\renewcommand*{\glsdefmain}{}%
}
@@ -280,9 +284,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
\fi
}
\newcommand*{\@gls@do@acronymsdef}{}
-\DeclareOptionX{acronyms}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{acronyms}{%
\glsacronymtrue
- \DeclareAcronymList{acronym}%
+ \renewcommand{\@gls@do@acronymsdef}{%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{acronym}%
+ \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{acronym}%
+ }%
}
\newcommand*{\@glsacronymlists}{}
\newcommand*{\@addtoacronymlists}[1]{%
@@ -344,7 +352,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand*{\GlossariesWarningNoLine}[1]{%
\PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}{#1}%
}
-\DeclareOptionX{nowarn}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{nowarn}{%
\renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarning}[1]{}%
\renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarningNoLine}[1]{}%
}
@@ -435,7 +443,7 @@ name=true]{%
}
\newif\ifglstranslate
\newcommand*\@gls@notranslatorhook{}
-\DeclareOptionX{notranslate}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{notranslate}{%
\glstranslatefalse
\let\@gls@notranslatorhook\relax
}
@@ -498,7 +506,7 @@ name=true]{%
\def\glsorder{#1}}
\newif\ifglsxindy
\glsxindyfalse
-\DeclareOptionX{makeindex}{\glsxindyfalse}
+\@gls@declareoption{makeindex}{\glsxindyfalse}
\define@boolkey[gls]{xindy}{glsnumbers}[true]{}
\gls@xindy@glsnumberstrue
\def\@xdy@main@language{\languagename}%
@@ -512,7 +520,7 @@ name=true]{%
\glsxindytrue
\setkeys[gls]{xindy}{#1}%
}
-\DeclareOptionX{xindygloss}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{xindygloss}{%
\glsxindytrue
}
\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{savewrites}[true]{%
@@ -535,19 +543,30 @@ name=true]{%
}
\boolfalse{glscompatible-2.07}
\newcommand{\@gls@do@symbolsdef}{}
-\DeclareOptionX{symbols}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{symbols}{%
\renewcommand{\@gls@do@symbolsdef}{%
\newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}%
\newcommand*{\printsymbols}[1][]{\printglossary[type=symbols,#1]}%
}%
}
\newcommand{\@gls@do@numbersdef}{}
-\DeclareOptionX{numbers}{%
+\@gls@declareoption{numbers}{%
\renewcommand{\@gls@do@numbersdef}{%
\newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}%
\newcommand*{\printnumbers}[1][]{\printglossary[type=numbers,#1]}%
}%
}
+\@for\CurrentOption :=\@declaredoptions\do{%
+ \ifx\CurrentOption\@empty
+ \else
+ \@expandtwoargs
+ \in@ {,\CurrentOption ,}{,\@classoptionslist,\@curroptions,}%
+ \ifin@
+ \@use@ption
+ \expandafter \let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\@empty
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
\ProcessOptionsX
\RequirePackage{glossaries-compatible-307}
\disable@keys{glossaries.sty}{compatible-2.07,%
@@ -5718,7 +5737,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{%
first={\noexpand\acrfullformat{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},%
firstplural={\noexpand\acrfullformat
{\noexpand\glsentrylongpl{\the\glslabeltok}}%
- {\noexpand\glsentryshortpl{\the\glslabeltok}}}%
+ {\noexpand\glsentryshortpl{\the\glslabeltok}}},%
text={\the\glsshorttok},%
plural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix}%
}